Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
AWord to Mazda Owners
Thank you for choosing a Mazda. We at Mazda design and build vehicles with complete
customer satisfaction in mind.
To help ensure enjoyable and trouble-free operation of your Mazda, read this manual
carefully and follow its recommendations.
An Authorized Mazda Dealer knows your vehicle best. So when maintenance or service is
necessary, that's the place to go.
Our nationwide network of Mazda professionals is dedicated to providing you with the best
possible service.
We assure you that all of us at Mazda have an ongoing interest in your motoring pleasure
and in your full satisfaction with your Mazda product.
Mazda Motor Corporation
Important Notes About This Manual
Keep this manual in the glove box as a handy reference for the safe and enjoyable use of your Mazda. Should you
resell the vehicle, leave this manual with it for the next owner.
All specifications and descriptions are accurate at the time of printing. Because improvement is a constant goal at
Mazda, we reserve the right to make changes in specifications at any time without notice and without obligation.
Event Data Recorder
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder. In the event of a crash, this device records data related to
vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time. These data can help provide a better
understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur and lead to the designing of safer
vehicles.
Air Conditioning and the Environment
Your Mazda's genuine air conditioner is filled with HFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that has been found not to
damage the earth's ozone layer. If the air conditioner does not operate properly, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
Perchlorate
Certain components of this vehicle such as [air bag modules, seat belt pretensioners, lithium batteries, ...] may
contain Perchlorate Material– Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal. See
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
Please be aware that this manual applies to all models, equipment and options. As a result, you may find
some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.
©2010 Mazda Motor Corporation
Printed in Japan Oct. 2010(Print3)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
How to Use This Manual
We want to help you get the most driving
pleasure from your vehicle. Your owner's
manual, when read from cover to cover,
can do that in many ways.
NOTE
A NOTE provides information and sometimes
suggests how to make better use of your
vehicle.
The symbol below, located on some parts
of the vehicle, indicates that this manual
contains information related to the part.
Please refer to the manual for a detailed
explanation.
Illustrations complement the words of the
manual to best explain how to enjoy your
Mazda. By reading your manual, you can
find out about the features, important
safety information, and driving under
various road conditions.
The symbol below in this manual means
“Do not do this” or “Do not let this
happen”.
Index: A good place to start is the Index,
an alphabetical listing of all information
in your manual.
You'll find several WARNINGs,
CAUTIONs, and NOTEs in the manual.
WARNING
A WARNING indicates a situation in
which serious injury or death could
result if the warning is ignored.
CAUTION
A CAUTION indicates a situation in
which bodily injury or damage to
your vehicle, or both, could result if
the caution is ignored.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.
Use of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, child-restraint
systems and SRS air bags.
Explanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustment
of various parts.
Important information about driving your Mazda.
Explanation of instruments and controls.
Interior Comfort
Use of various features for drive comfort, including air-conditioning and audio
system.
In Case of an Emergency
Helpful information on what to do in an emergency.
How to keep your Mazda in top condition.
Important consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.
11
Technical information about your Mazda.
Index
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Your Vehicle at a Glance
1
Interior Overview.......................................................................... 1-2
Interior Equipment (View A) .................................................... 1-2
Exterior Overview ......................................................................... 1-5
Front .......................................................................................... 1-5
Rear ........................................................................................... 1-6
1-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Interior Overview
Interior Equipment (View A)
Outside mirror switch ........................................................................................ page 3-24
Power window switches .................................................................................... page 3-16
Power window lock switch ................................................................................ page 3-18
1-2
The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Interior Overview
Interior Equipment (View B)
MT shift lever .................................................................................................... page 5-10
AT shift lever ...................................................................................................... page 5-12
Hood release handle .......................................................................................... page 3-20
The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1-3
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Interior Overview
Interior Equipment (View C)
Cup holders........................................................................................................ page 6-39
Parking brake ....................................................................................................... page 5-6
Rear seat .............................................................................................................. page 2-4
1-4
The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Exterior Overview
Front
Fuel-filler lid ...................................................................................................... page 3-18
Tires ................................................................................................................... page 8-26
Light bulbs ......................................................................................................... page 8-32
The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1-5
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Exterior Overview
Rear
Outside mirror .................................................................................................... page 3-24
Tires ................................................................................................................... page 8-26
Light bulbs ......................................................................................................... page 8-32
1-6
The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
2
systems and SRS air bags.
Seats ............................................................................................... 2-2
Front Seats ................................................................................ 2-2
Seat Belt Systems .......................................................................... 2-9
Seat Belt Precautions ................................................................ 2-9
Seat Belt .................................................................................. 2-13
Front Seat Belt Pretensioner and Load Limiting Systems ....... 2-15
Child Restraint ............................................................................ 2-21
Child Restraint Precautions ..................................................... 2-21
Child-Restraint System Installation Position .......................... 2-25
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Precautions ................ 2-36
Limitations to SRS Air Bag .................................................... 2-48
Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification
System ..................................................................................... 2-50
Monitoring and Maintenance .................................................. 2-55
2-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
Adjust the driver's seat only when the
vehicle is stopped:
Front Seats
Adjusting the driver's seat while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous. The
driver could lose control of the vehicle
and have an accident.
WARNING
Do not modify or replace the front
seats:
Modifying or replacing the front seats
such as replacing the upholstery or
loosening any bolts is dangerous. The
front seats contain air bag
components essential to the
supplemental restraint system. Such
modifications could damage the
supplemental restraint system and
result in serious injury. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer if there is
any need to remove or reinstall the
front seats.
CAUTION
Be careful not to place your hands
and fingers around moving parts of
the front seat when adjusting the
seat positions to prevent injury.
qSeat Slide
To move a seat forward or backward, raise
the lever and slide the seat to the desired
position and release the lever.
Do not drive with damaged front seats:
Driving with damaged front seats is
dangerous. A collision, even one not
strong enough to inflate the air bags,
could damage the front seats which
contain essential air bag
components. If there was a
subsequent collision, an air bag may
not deploy which could lead to
injuries. Always have an Authorized
Mazda Dealer inspect the front seats,
front seat belt pretensioners and air
bags after a collision.
Make sure the lever returns to its original
position and the seat is locked in place by
attempting to push it forward and
backward.
Make sure the adjustable components
of a seat are locked in place:
Adjustable seats and seatbacks that
are not securely locked are
dangerous. In a sudden stop or
collision, the seat or seatback could
move, causing injury. Make sure the
adjustable components of the seat
are locked in place by attempting to
slide the seat forward and backward
and rocking the seatback.
2-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
Do not drive with the seatback
unlocked:
All of the seatbacks play an
qSeat Recline
WARNING
Do not drive with either front seat
reclined:
important role in your protection in a
vehicle. Leaving the seatback
unlocked is dangerous as it can allow
passengers to be ejected or thrown
around and baggage to strike
Sitting in a reclined position while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous
because you do not get the full
protection from seat belts. During
sudden braking or a collision, you
can slide under the lap belt and
suffer serious internal injuries. For
maximum protection, sit well back
and upright.
occupants in a sudden stop or
collision, resulting in severe injury.
After adjusting the seatback at any
time, even when there are no other
passengers, rock the seatback to
make sure it is locked in place.
To change the seatback angle, lean
forward slightly while raising the lever.
Then lean back to the desired position and
release the lever.
Always sit in the passenger seat
properly with the seatback upright and
feet on the floor:
Your front passenger seat has weight
sensors, sitting in the front passenger
seat improperly out of position or
with the seatback reclined too far
while the vehicle is moving is
dangerous as it can take off weight
from the seat bottom and affect the
weight determination of the front
passenger sensing system. As a result
the front passenger will not have the
supplementary protection of the air
bag and seat belt pretensioner, which
could result in serious injury. Always
sit upright against the seatback with
your feet on the floor.
Make sure the lever returns to its original
position and the seatback is locked in
place by attempting to push it forward and
backward.
2-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
Rear Seat
WARNING
Do not stack cargo higher than the
seatbacks or place articles on the rear
package tray:
CAUTION
When returning a rear-reclined
seatback to its upright position,
make sure you hold onto the
seatback with your other hand while
operating the lever. If the seatback is
not supported, it will flip forward
suddenly and could cause injury.
Stacking luggage or other cargo
higher than the seatbacks, and
placing articles on the rear package
tray is dangerous. During sudden
braking or a collision, objects can fly
around and become projectiles that
may hit and injure passengers.
q
Height Adjustment (Driver's Seat)
To adjust the seat height, move the lever
up or down.
Make sure luggage and cargo is
secured before driving:
Up
Not securing cargo while driving is
dangerous as it could move or be
crushed during sudden braking or a
collision and cause injury.
Down
Make sure the adjustable components
of a seat are locked in place:
Adjustable seats that are not securely
locked are dangerous. In a sudden
stop or collision, the seat or seatback
could move, causing injury.
Do not drive with the seatback
unlocked:
All of the seatbacks play an
important role in your protection in a
vehicle. Leaving the seatback
unlocked is dangerous as it can allow
passengers to be ejected or thrown
around and baggage to strike
occupants in a sudden stop or
collision, resulting in severe injury.
After returning the seatback at any
time, even when there are no other
passengers, rock the seatback to
make sure it is locked in place.
2-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
Never allow a passenger to sit or stand
on the folded seatback while the
vehicle is moving:
qSplit-Folding Rear Seatback
The seatbacks can be folded down to
provide more space in the luggage
compartment.
Driving with a passenger on the
folded seatback is dangerous.
Allowing a child to sit up on the
folded seatback while the vehicle is
moving is particularly dangerous. In
a sudden stop or even a minor
collision, a child not in a proper seat
or child-restraint system and seat
belt could be thrown forward, back
or even out of the vehicle resulting in
serious injuries or death. The child in
the baggage area could be thrown
into other occupants and cause
serious injury.
To fold the seatbacks
CAUTION
When operating the rear seatback
knob, make sure you support the
seatback with your hand. If the
seatback is not supported with your
hand, it will flip forward suddenly
and could cause injury to the finger
down.
1. Lower the head restraint all the way
down (page 2-7).
CAUTION
Be careful not to place your hands
and fingers around moving parts of
the rear seat when adjusting the seat
positions to prevent injury.
2. Support the seatback with your hand.
3. Push the rear seatback knob down.
NOTE
When returning a rear seat to its original
position, also replace the seat belt to its
normal position. Verify that the seat belt pulls
out and retracts.
2-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
4. Secure the rear seat belt in the belt clip.
To return the seatbacks to the upright
position
WARNING
Always make sure the seat belts are
fully pulled out from under the
seatbacks:
A seat belt caught under a seatback
after the seatback is returned to its
upright position is dangerous. In a
collision or sudden stop, the seat belt
cannot provide adequate protection.
Belt clip
When returning the seatback to the
upright position, make sure there is no
red indication:
A rear seatback not fully returned
and locked in the upright position is
dangerous. Sudden stops or
maneuvering could cause a seatback
to flip forward suddenly resulting in
injury. If the red indicator is visible on
the back of the rear seatback knob,
the seatback is not locked in the
upright position.
Locked position
Unlocked position
Red indicator
2-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
1. Verify that the seat belt is secured in
the belt clip.
Head Restraints
Your vehicle is equipped with head
restraints on all outboard seats. The head
restraints are intended to help protect you
and the passengers from neck injury.
WARNING
Always drive with the head restraints
installed when seats are being used
and make sure they are properly
adjusted:
Belt clip
Driving with the head restraints
adjusted too low or removed is
dangerous. With no support behind
your head, your neck could be
seriously injured in a collision.
2. Lift the seatbacks upright.
3. Make sure that the seat belt is neither
stuck in the rear seat nor twisted, then
remove the seat belt from the belt clip.
Height adjustment
To raise a head restraint, pull it up to the
desired position.
To lower the head restraint, press the stop-
catch release, then push the head restraint
down.
Adjust the head restraint so that the top is
even with the top of the passenger's ears,
never the passenger's neck to prevent
injury.
Front outboard seat
2-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
Rear outboard seat
Removal/Installation
To remove the head restraint, pull it up
while pressing the stop-catch.
To install the head restraint, press the
uprights into the holes while pressing the
stop-catch.
WARNING
Always drive with the head restraints
set up when seats are being used and
make sure they are properly set up:
Driving with the head restraints not
set up is dangerous. With no support
behind your head, your neck could be
seriously injured in a collision.
2-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Seat Belt Precautions
Seat belts help to decrease the possibility of severe injury during accidents and sudden
stops. Mazda recommends that the driver and all passengers always wear seat belts.
All of the seat belt retractors are designed to keep the lap/shoulder belts out of the way
when not in use.
The driver's seat belt has no provisions for child-restraint systems and has only an
emergency locking mode. The driver may wear it comfortably, and it will lock during a
collision.
However, the front passenger's seat and all rear lap/shoulder belt retractors operate in two
modes: emergency locking mode, and for child-restraint systems, automatic locking mode.
While we recommend you put all children in the rear seats, if you must use the front
passenger seat for a child, slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible and make
sure any child-restraint system is secured properly.
2-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
WARNING
Always wear your seat belt and make sure all occupants are properly restrained:
Not wearing a seat belt is extremely dangerous. During a collision, occupants not
wearing seat belts could hit someone or things inside the vehicle or even be thrown
out of the vehicle. They could be seriously injured or even killed. In the same
collision, occupants wearing seat belts would be much safer.
Do not wear twisted seat belts:
Twisted seat belts are dangerous. In a collision, the full width of the belt is not
available to absorb the impact. This puts more force on the bones beneath the belt,
which could cause serious injury or death. So, if your seat belt is twisted, you must
straighten the seat belt to remove any twists and to allow the full width of the belt to
be used.
Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time:
Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat belt
used in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers
could be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt for
more than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant
properly restrained.
Do not operate a vehicle with a damaged seat belt:
Using a damaged seat belt is dangerous. An accident could damage the belt
webbing of the seat belt in use. A damaged seat belt cannot provide adequate
protection in a collision. Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect all seat belt
systems in use during an accident before they are used again.
Have your seat belts changed immediately if the pretensioner or load limiter has
been expended:
Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately inspect the front seat belt
pretensioners and air bags after any collision. Like the air bags, the front seat belt
pretensioners and load limiters will only function once and must be replaced after
any collision that caused them to deploy. A seat belt with an expended pretensioner
or load limiter is still better than wearing no seat belt at all; however, if the front
seat belt pretensioners and load limiters are not replaced, the risk of injury in a
collision will increase.
2-10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
CAUTION
Belt retraction may become difficult if the belts and rings are soiled, so try to keep
them clean. For more details about cleaning the seat belts, refer to “Cleaning the
Lap/Shoulder Belt Webbing” (page 8-52).
qPregnant Women and Persons with Serious Medical Conditions
Pregnant women should always wear seat belts. Ask your doctor for specific
recommendations.
The lap belt should be worn SNUGLYAND AS LOWAS POSSIBLE OVER THE HIPS.
The shoulder belt should be worn across your shoulder properly, but never across the
stomach area.
Persons with serious medical conditions also should wear seat belts. Check with your
doctor for any special instructions regarding specific medical conditions.
qEmergency Locking Mode
In the emergency locking mode, the belt remains comfortable on the occupant and the
retractor will lock in position during a collision. When the seat belt is fastened, it will
always be in the emergency locking mode until it is switched to automatic locking mode by
pulling it all the way out to its full length. If the belt feels tight and hinders comfortable
movement while the vehicle is stopped or in motion, it may be in the automatic locking
mode because the belt has been pulled too far out. To return the belt to the more
comfortable emergency locking mode, wait until the vehicle has stopped in a safe, level
area, retract the belt fully to convert it back to emergency locking mode and then extend it
around you again.
If the belt is locked and cannot be pulled out, retract the belt once, and then try pulling it
out slowly. If this fails, pull the belt strongly one time and loosen, then pull it out again
slowly.
2-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
qAutomatic Locking Mode
an unsafe position in the event of an accident. To enable seat belt automatic locking mode,
pull it all the way out and connect it as instructed on the child-restraint system. It will
retract down to the child-restraint system and stay locked on it. See the section on child
restraint (page 2-21).
2-12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Seat Belt
WARNING
Positioning the Shoulder Portion of the
Seat Belt:
qFastening the Seat Belt
Improper positioning of the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is dangerous.
Always make sure the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is positioned
across your shoulder and near your
neck, but never under your arm, on
your neck, or on your upper arm.
1. Grasp the seat belt tongue.
2. Slowly pull out the lap/shoulder belt.
Lap/shoulder
belt
4. Position the lap belt as low as possible,
not on the abdominal area, then adjust
the shoulder belt so that it fits snugly
against your body.
Seat belt
tongue
3. Insert the seat belt tongue into the seat
belt buckle until you hear a click
sound.
Take up slack
Keep low on
hip bone
Too high
Seat belt tongue
WARNING
Positioning the Lap Portion of the Seat
Belt:
Seat belt
buckle
The lap portion of the seat belt worn
too high is dangerous. In a collision,
this would concentrate the impact
force directly on the abdominal area,
causing serious injury. Wear the lap
portion of the belt snugly and as low
as possible.
2-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
qUnfastening the Seat Belt
qShoulder Belt Adjuster
Depress the button on the seat belt buckle.
If the belt does not fully retract, pull it out
and check for kinks or twists. Then make
sure it remains untwisted as it retracts.
Adjust the height of the shoulder belt if
the seat belt touches your neck, or if it
crosses your arm instead of your shoulder.
To raise the shoulder belt adjuster, push
the adjuster up. To lower the shoulder belt
adjuster, pull the adjuster and slide it
down. Make sure the adjuster is locked.
To raise
To lower
Button
NOTE
If a belt does not fully retract, inspect it for
kinks and twists. If it is still not retracting
properly, have it inspected at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
WARNING
Positioning the Shoulder Portion of the
Seat Belt:
Improper positioning of the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is dangerous.
Always make sure the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is positioned
across your shoulder and near your
neck, but never under your arm, on
your neck, or on your upper arm.
2-14
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Front Seat Belt Pretensioner
and Load Limiting Systems
WARNING
Wear seat belts only as recommended
in this owner's manual:
For optimum protection, the driver and
front passenger seat belts are equipped
with pretensioner and load limiting
systems. For both these systems to work
properly you must wear the seat belt
properly.
Incorrect positioning of the driver and
front passenger seat belts is
dangerous. Without proper
positioning, the pretensioner and
load limiting systems cannot provide
and this could result in serious injury.
For more details about wearing seat
belts, refer to “Fastening the seat
belts” (page 2-13).
Pretensioners:
In moderate or severe frontal or near-
frontal accidents, the front air bag and
pretensioner systems deploy
simultaneously. The front seat belt
retractors remove slack quickly as the air
bags are expanding. Any time the air bags
and front seat belt pretensioners have fired
they must be replaced.
In addition, the pretensioner system for
the front passenger, like the front
passenger air bag, is designed to only
deploy in accordance with the total seated
weight on the front passenger seat.
For details, refer to the front passenger
seat weight sensors (page 2-50).
Have your seat belts changed
immediately if the pretensioner or load
limiter has been expended:
Always have an Authorized Mazda
Dealer immediately inspect the front
seat belt pretensioners and air bags
after any collision. Like the air bags,
the front seat belt pretensioners and
load limiters will only function once
and must be replaced after any
collision that caused them to deploy.
A seat belt with an expended
pretensioner or load limiter is still
better than wearing no seat belt at
all; however, if the front seat belt
pretensioners and load limiters are
not replaced, the risk of injury in a
collision will increase.
Load limiter:
The load limiting system releases belt
webbing in a controlled manner to reduce
belt force on the occupant's chest. While
the most severe load on a seat belt occurs
in frontal collisions, the load limiter has
an automatic mechanical function and can
activate in any accident mode with
sufficient occupant movement.
Even if the pretensioners have not fired,
the load limiting function must be
checked by an Authorized Mazda Dealer
after any collision.
2-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Do not modify the components or
wiring, or use electronic testing devices
on the pretensioner system:
q
Air Bag/Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner System Warning Light
Modifying the components or wiring
of the pretensioner system, including
the use of electronic testing devices is
dangerous. You could accidentally
activate it or make it inoperable
which would prevent it from
activating in an accident. The
occupants or repairers could be
seriously injured.
If the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner
system is working properly, the warning
light illuminates when the ignition is
switched ON or after the engine is
cranked. The warning light turns off after
a specified period of time.
Properly dispose of the pretensioner
system:
Improper disposal of the pretensioner
system or a vehicle with non-
deactivated pretensioners is
A system malfunction is indicated if the
warning light constantly flashes,
constantly illuminates or does not
illuminate at all when the ignition is
switched ON. If any of these occur,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as
soon as possible. The system may not
work in an accident.
dangerous. Unless all safety
procedures are followed, injury could
result. Ask an Authorized Mazda
Dealer how to safely dispose of the
pretensioner system or how to scrap
a pretensioner-equipped vehicle.
NOTE
l
WARNING
The pretensioner system will activate in a
moderate or greater frontal or near-frontal
collision. It will not activate in most
rollovers, side or rear impacts.
The pretensioner system for the front
passenger is designed to only deploy in
accordance with the total seated weight on
the front passenger seat.
Never tamper with the air bag/
pretensioner systems and always have
an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform
all servicing and repairs:
Self-servicing or tampering with the
systems is dangerous. An air bag/
pretensioner could accidentally
activate or become disabled causing
serious injury or death.
l
Some smoke (non-toxic gas) will be
released when the air bags and
pretensioners deploy. This does not indicate
a fire. This gas normally has no effect on
occupants, however, those with sensitive
skin may experience light skin irritation. If
residue from the deployment of the air bags
or the front pretensioner system gets on the
skin or in the eyes, wash it off as soon as
possible.
2-16
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
q
Air Bag/Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner System Warning Beep
Seat Belt Extender
If your seat belt is not long enough, even
when fully extended, a seat belt extender
may be available to you at no charge from
your Authorized Mazda Dealer.
This extender will be only for you and for
the particular vehicle and seat. Even if it
plugs into other seat belts, it may not hold
in the critical moment of a crash.
When ordering an extender, only order
one that provides the necessary additional
length to fasten the seat belt properly.
Please contact your Authorized Mazda
Dealer for more information.
If a malfunction is detected in the air bag/
front seat belt pretensioner systems and
the warning light, a warning beep sound
will be heard for about 5 seconds every
minute.
The air bag and seat belt pretensioner
system warning beep sound will continue
to be heard for approximately 35 minutes.
Have your vehicle inspected at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
WARNING
Do not drive the vehicle with the air
bag/front seat belt pretensioner system
warning beep sounding:
WARNING
Do not use a seat belt extender unless
it is necessary:
Using a seat belt extender when not
necessary is dangerous. The seat belt
will be too long and not fit properly.
In an accident, the seat belt will not
provide adequate protection and you
could be seriously injured. Only use
the extender when it is required to
fasten the seat belt properly.
Driving the vehicle with the air bag/
front seat belt pretensioner system
warning beep sounding is dangerous.
In a collision, the air bags and the
front seat belt pretensioner system
will not deploy and this could result
in death or serious injury.
Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer
to have the vehicle inspected as soon
as possible.
2-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Do not use an improper extender:
Using a seat belt extender that is for
another person or a different vehicle
or seat is dangerous. The seat belt
will not provide adequate protection
and the user could be seriously
Do not leave a seat belt extender
connected to the buckle:
Leaving a seat belt extender
connected to the buckle without
using the seat belt is dangerous.
When the seat belt extender is
connected to the driver's seat belt
buckle (or front passenger) seat, the
SRS driver's (or front passenger's) air
bag system will determine that the
driver (or front passenger) is wearing
the seat belt even if the driver (or
front passenger) is not wearing it.
This condition could cause the
driver's (or front passenger's) air bag
to not activate correctly and result in
death or serious injury in the event of
collision. Always wear the seat belt
with the seat belt extender.
injured in an accident. Only use the
extender provided for you and for the
particular vehicle and seat. NEVER
use the extender in a different vehicle
or seat. If you sell your Mazda, do
not leave your seat belt extender in
the vehicle. It could be used
accidentally by the new owner of the
vehicle. After removing the seat belt
extender, discard it. Never use the
seat belt extender in any other
vehicle you may own in the future.
Do not use an extender that is too
long:
Do not use the seat belt extender when
installing a child-restraint system on
the front or rear passenger seat:
Using a seat belt extender to fasten a
child-restraint system on any seat is
dangerous. Always follow the child-
restraint system manufacturer's
installation instructions and never
use a seat belt extender.
Using an extender that is too long is
dangerous. The seat belt will not fit
properly. In an accident, the seat belt
will not provide adequate protection
and you could be seriously injured.
Do not use the extender or choose
one shorter in length if the distance
between the extender's buckle and
the center of the user's body is less
than 15 cm (6 in).
NOTE
When not in use, remove the seat belt extender
and store it in the vehicle. If the seat belt
extender is left connected, the seat belt
extender might get damaged as it will not
retract with the rest of the seat belt and can
easily fall out of the door when not in use and
be damaged. In addition, the seat belt warning
light will not illuminate and function properly.
2-18
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Driver's seat
Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened and
the vehicle is driven at a speed faster than
about 20 km/h (12 mph), the warning
light will flash and a beep sound will be
heard.
Once the beep sound is heard, it continues
sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers
to 20 km/h (12 mph) or less until the seat
belt is fastened or the beep sound period
has passed.
The seat belt warning light illuminates
and a beep sound will be heard if the
driver's seat belt is not fastened when the
ignition is switched ON.
Front passenger seat
If the front passenger seat belt is not
fastened while the ignition is switched
ON, the driver and the passenger will be
informed by the warning light.
Conditions of operation
Condition
Result
The warning light
flashes and a beep
sound will be heard
for about 6 seconds.
The driver's seat belt is not
fastened when the ignition is
switched ON.
The driver's seat belt is
fastened while the warning
light and the beep sound are
activated.
The warning light
turns off and the beep
sound stops.
The warning light will
not illuminate and the
beep sound will not be
heard.
The driver's seat belt is
fastened before the ignition
is switched ON.
qBelt Minder
NOTE
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer to
deactivate or restore the belt minder. Though
the belt minder can be deactivated, doing so
will defeat the purpose of the system to warn
the driver and the front passenger in the event
that their seat belts are not fastened. For the
safety of the driver and front passenger, Mazda
recommends not deactivating the belt minder.
2-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
If the front passenger seat belt is not
fastened and the vehicle is driven at a
speed faster than about 20 km/h (12 mph),
the warning light will flash and a beep
sound will be heard.
Placing heavy items on the front
passenger seat may cause the front
passenger seat belt warning function to
operate depending on the weight of the
item.
Once the beep sound is heard, it continues
sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers
to 20 km/h (12 mph) or less until the seat
belt is fastened or the beep sound period
has passed.
NOTE
l
To allow the front passenger seat weight
sensor to function properly, do not place
and sit on an additional seat cushion on the
front passenger seat. The sensor may not
function properly because the additional
seat cushion could cause sensor
interference.
l
When a small child sits on the front
passenger seat, it is possible that neither
the warning light nor the warning beep
operate.
2-20
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
Child Restraint Precautions
Mazda strongly urges the use of child-restraint systems for children small enough to use
them.
You are required by law to use a child-restraint system for children in the U.S. and Canada.
Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safety
of children riding in your vehicle.
Whatever child-restraint system you consider, please pick the appropriate one for the age
and size of the child, obey the law and follow the instructions that come with the individual
child-restraint system.
A child who has outgrown child-restraint systems should sit in the rear and use seat belts,
both lap and shoulder. If the shoulder belt crosses the neck or face, move the child closer to
the center of the vehicle in the outboard seats, and towards the buckle on the right if the
child is seated on the center seat.
Statistics confirm that the rear seat is the best place for all children up to 12 years of age,
and more so with a supplemental restraint system (air bags).
A rear-facing child-restraint system should NEVER be used on the front seat with the air
bag system activated. The front passenger's seat is also the least preferred seat for other
child-restraint systems.
To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag, the
front passenger seat weight sensors work as a part of the supplemental restraint system.
This system deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the front
passenger seat belt pretensioner system when the front passenger air bag deactivation
indicator light illuminates.
When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat, the system shuts off the front
passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system, so make sure the front
passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.
properly restrained and child-restraint systems of all kinds are properly secured on the rear
seats which are the best place for children.
For more details, refer to “Front passenger seat weight sensors” (page 2-50).
2-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
WARNING
Use the correct size child-restraint system:
For effective protection in vehicle accidents and sudden stops, a child must be
properly restrained using a seat belt or child-restraint system depending on age and
size. If not, the child could be seriously injured or even killed in an accident.
Follow the manufacturer's instructions and always keep the child-restraint system
buckled down:
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it
could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Make
sure any child-restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child-
restraint system manufacturer's instructions. When not in use, remove it from the
vehicle or fasten it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors
for LATCH child-restraint systems and the corresponding tether anchor.
Always secure a child in a proper child-restraint system:
Holding a child in your arms while the vehicle is moving is extremely dangerous. No
matter how strong the person may be, he or she cannot hold onto a child in a
sudden stop or collision and it could result in serious injury or death to the child or
other occupants. Even in a moderate accident, the child may be exposed to air bag
forces that could result in serious injury or death to the child, or the child may be
slammed into an adult, causing injury to both child and adult.
Never use a rear-facing child-restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that
could deploy:
Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous even
though you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based on
the fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates. The
child-restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently
backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child.
2-22
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
Do not install a front-facing child-restraint system on the front passenger seat unless
it is unavoidable:
In a collision, the force of a deploying air bag could cause serious injury or death to
the child. If installing a front-facing child-restraint system on the front passenger
seat is unavoidable, move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.
Seating a child in a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat is dangerous:
Your vehicle is equipped with front passenger seat weight sensors. Even with the
front passenger seat weight sensors, if you must use the front passenger seat to seat
a child, using a child in a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat under
the following conditions increases the danger of the front passenger air bag
deploying and could result in serious injury or death to the child.
Ø The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when
seating a child in the child-restraint system.
Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraint
system.
Ø A rear passenger or luggage pushing or pulling down on the front passenger
seatback.
Ø A rear passenger puts their feet on the front seat rails.
Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint.
Ø The seat is washed.
Ø Liquids are spilled on the seat.
Ø The front passenger seat is moved backward, pushing into luggage or other items
placed behind it.
Ø The front passenger seatback contacts the rear seat.
Ø Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver
seat.
Ø Any accessories, which might increase the total seated weight on the front
passenger seat, are attached to the front passenger seat.
The designated positions with seat belts on the rear seats are the safest places for
children. Always use seat belts and child restraints.
2-23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
Do not allow a child or anyone to lean over or against the side window of a vehicle
with side and curtain air bags:
It is dangerous to allow anyone to lean over or against the side window, the area of
the front passenger seat, the front and rear window pillars and the roof edge along
both sides from which the side and curtain air bags deploy, even if a child-restraint
system is used. The impact of inflation from a side or curtain air bag could cause
serious injury or death to an out of position child. Furthermore, leaning over or
against the front door could block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate the
advantages of supplemental protection. With the front air bag and the additional
side air bag that comes out of the front seat, the rear seat is always a better location
for children. Take special care not to allow a child to lean over or against the side
window, even if the child is seated in a child-restraint system.
Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time:
Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat belt
used in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers
could be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt for
more than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant
properly restrained.
CAUTION
A seat belt or child-restraint system can become very hot in a closed vehicle during
warm weather. To avoid burning yourself or a child, check them before you or your
child touches them.
NOTE
Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed LATCH
child-restraint systems in the rear seat. When using these anchors to secure a child-restraint system,
refer to “LATCH Child-Restraint Systems” (page 2-32).
2-24
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
Child seat
A child seat restrains a child's body using
the harness.
Child-Restraint System
Installation Position
In this owner's manual, explanation of
child-restraint systems is provided for the
following three types of popular child-
restraint systems: infant seat, child seat,
booster seat.
NOTE
l
Installation position is determined by the
type of child-restraint system. Always read
the manufacturer's instructions and this
owner's manual carefully.
l
Due to variations in the design of child-
restraint systems, vehicle seats and seat
belts, all child-restraint systems may not fit
all seating positions. Before purchasing a
child-restraint system, it should be tested in
the specific vehicle seating position (or
positions) where it is intended to be used. If
a previously purchased child-restraint
system does not fit, you may need to
Booster seat
A booster seat is a child restraint
accessory designed to improve the fit of
the seat belt system around the child's
body.
purchase a different one that will.
Infant seat
An infant seat provides restraint by
bracing the infant's head, neck and back
against the seating surface.
2-25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
Installing Child-Restraint
Systems
WARNING
Tethered Child-Restraint Systems Work
Only on Tether-Equipped Rear Seats:
Installation of a tether equipped
child-restraint system in the front
passenger's seat defeats the safety
design of the system and will result in
an increased chance of serious injury
if the child-restraint system goes
forward without benefit of being
tethered.
Accident statistics reveal that a child is
safer in the rear seat. The front passenger's
seat is clearly the worst choice for any
child under 12, and with rear-facing child-
restraint systems it is clearly unsafe due to
air bags.
NOTE
Even if your vehicle is equipped with front
passenger seat weight sensors (page 2-50),
which automatically deactivates the front
passenger air bag, a rear seat is the safest
place for a child of any age or size.
Place tether equipped child-restraint
systems where there are tether
anchors.
qRear Seat Child-Restraint System
Installation
Some child-restraint systems now come
with tethers and therefore must be
installed on the seats that take tethers to
be effective. In your Mazda, tethered
child-restraint systems can only be
accommodated in the three positions on
the rear seat.
Follow these instructions when using a
child-restraint system, unless you are
attaching a LATCH-equipped child-
restraint system to the rear LATCH lower
anchors. Refer to “LATCH Child-
Restraint Systems” (page 2-32).
NOTE
Some child-restraint systems also employ
specially designed LATCH attachments;
refer to “LATCH Child-Restraint
Systems” (page 2-32).
Follow the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions carefully. If you
are not sure whether you have a LATCH
system or tether, check in the child-restraint
system manufacturer's instructions and follow
them accordingly. Depending on the type of
child-restraint system, it may use LATCH
system instead of seat belts or if the belt goes
across the child's chest, may recommend
against using automatic locking mode.
1. Make sure the seatback is securely
latched by pushing it back until it is
fully locked.
2. Raise the head restraint to the top
locked position (except center seat
position).
Refer to Head Restraints on page 2-7.
2-26
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
3. Secure the child-restraint system with
the lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.
See the manufacturer's instructions on
the child-restraint system for belt
routing instructions.
NOTE
Inspect this function before each use of the
child-restraint system. You should not be able
to pull the shoulder belt out of the retractor
while the system is in the automatic locking
mode. When you remove the child-restraint
system, be sure the belt fully retracts to return
the system to emergency locking mode before
occupants use the seat belts.
4. To get the retractor into the automatic
locking mode, pull the shoulder belt
portion of the seat belt until the entire
length of the belt is out of the retractor.
6. If your child-restraint system requires
the use of a tether strap, refer to the
manufacturer's instructions to hook and
tighten the tether strap after raising the
head restraint.
Anchor bracket location (Outboard
position)
5. Push the child-restraint system firmly
into the vehicle seat. Be sure the belt
retracts as snugly as possible. A
clicking noise from the retractor will be
heard during retraction if the system is
in the automatic locking mode. If the
belt does not lock the seat down tight,
repeat this step.
Tether strap position (Outboard
position)
Tether strap
Forward
2-27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
Anchor bracket location (Center
position)
WARNING
Use the tether and tether anchor only
for a child-restraint system:
Using the tether or tether anchor to
secure anything but a child-restraint
system is dangerous. This could
weaken or damage the tether or
tether anchor and result in injury.
Always route the tether strap between
the head restraint and the seatback
(Except center position):
Routing the tether strap on top of the
head restraint is dangerous. In a
collision the tether strap could slide
off the head restraint and loosen the
child-restraint system. The child-
restraint system could move which
may result in death or injury to the
child.
Tether strap position (Center position)
Always attach the tether strap to the
correct tether anchor position:
Attaching the tether strap to the
incorrect tether anchor position is
dangerous. In a collision, the tether
strap could come off and loosen the
child-restraint system. If the child-
restraint system moves it could result
in death or injury to the child.
2-28
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
qIf You Must Use the Front Seat
WARNING
for Children
Always move the front passenger seat
as far back as possible if installing a
front-facing child-restraint system on it
is unavoidable:
If you cannot put all children in the rear
seat, at least put the smallest children in
the rear and be sure the largest child up
front uses the shoulder belt over the
shoulder.
NEVER put a rear-facing child-restraint
system on the front passenger seat
whether your vehicle is equipped with a
seat weight sensor or not.
This seat is also not set up for tethered
child-restraint systems, put them in one of
the rear seat positions set up with tether
anchors.
Likewise the LATCH child-restraint
system cannot be secured in the front
passenger's seat and should be used in the
rear seat.
Do not allow anyone to sleep against the
side window if you have an optional side
and curtain air bag, it could cause serious
injuries to an out of position occupant. As
children more often sleep in cars, it is
better to put them in the rear seat. If
installing the child-restraint system on the
front seat is unavoidable, follow these
instructions when using a front-facing
child-restraint system in the front
passenger's seat.
As your vehicle has front air bags
and doubly so because your vehicle
has side air bags, a front-facing
child-restraint system should be put
on the front passenger seat only
when it is unavoidable.
Even if the front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light
illuminates, always move the seat as
far back as possible, because the
force of a deploying air bag could
cause serious injury or death to the
child.
Never use a rear-facing child-restraint
system in the front seat with an air bag
that could deploy:
Rear-facing child-restraint systems
on the front seat are particularly
dangerous.
Even in a moderate collision, the
child-restraint system can be hit by a
deploying air bag and moved
violently backward resulting in
serious injury or death to the child.
Even though you may feel assured
that the front passenger air bag will
not deploy based on the fact that the
front passenger air bag deactivation
indicator light illuminates.
NOTE
l
To check if your front seats have side air
bags:
Mazda vehicles equipped with side air bag
will have a “SRS AIRBAG” tag on the
outboard shoulder of the front seats.
l
To check if your vehicle has curtain air
bags:
Mazda vehicles equipped with curtain air
bag will have an “SRS AIRBAG” marking
on the window pillars along the roof edge.
2-29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
Do not allow a child or anyone to lean
over or against the side window of a
vehicle with side and curtain air bags:
It is dangerous to allow anyone to
lean over or against the side window,
the area of the front passenger seat,
the front and rear window pillars and
the roof edge along both sides from
which the side and curtain air bags
deploy, even if a child-restraint
3. Place the child-restraint system on the
seat without putting your weight on the
seat and fasten the seat belt. See the
manufacturer's instructions on the
child-restraint system for belt routing
instructions.
4. To get the retractor into the automatic
locking mode, pull the shoulder belt
portion of the seat belt until the entire
length of the belt is out of the retractor.
system is used. The impact of
inflation from a side or curtain air
bag could cause serious injury or
death to an out of position child.
Furthermore, leaning over or against
the front door could block the side
and curtain air bags and eliminate
the advantages of supplemental
protection. With the front air bag and
the additional side air bag that
5. Push the child-restraint system firmly
into the vehicle seat. Be sure the belt
retracts as snugly as possible. A
clicking noise from the retractor will be
heard during retraction if the system is
in automatic locking mode. If the belt
does not lock the seat down tight,
repeat the previous step and also this
one.
comes out of the front seat, the rear
seat is always a better location for
children. Take special care not to
allow a child to lean over or against
the side window, even if the child is
seated in a child-restraint system.
NOTE
l
Inspect this function before each use of the
child-restraint system. You should not be
able to pull the shoulder belt out of the
retractor while the system is in the
automatic locking mode. When you remove
the child-restraint system, be sure the belt
fully retracts to return the system to
emergency locking mode before occupants
use the seat belts.
qFront Passenger's Seat Child-
Restraint System Installation
1. Switch the ignition ON.
l
Follow the child-restraint system
2. Slide the seat as far back as possible.
manufacturer's instructions carefully.
Depending on the type of child-restraint
system, it may not employ seat belts which
are in automatic locking mode.
6. Seat your child safely in the child-
restraint system and secure the child
according to the instructions from the
child-restraint system manufacturer.
2-30
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
7. Make sure the front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light illuminates
after installing a child-restraint system
on the front passenger seat.
WARNING
Do not seat a child in a child-restraint
system on the front passenger seat if
the front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light does not
illuminate:
If the front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light does not
illuminate, remove the child-restraint
system, switch the ignition to OFF or
restraint system.
Refer to Front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light on page
2-50.
While it is always better to install any
child-restraint system on the rear
seat, it is imperative that a child-
restraint system ONLY be used on the
deactivation indicator light
illuminates when the child is seated
in the child-restraint system (page
2-50). Seating a child in a child-
restraint system installed on the front
passenger seat with the front
passenger air bag deactivation
indicator light not illuminated is
dangerous. If this indicator light does
not illuminate, this means that the
front passenger front and side air
bags, and seat belt pretensioner are
ready for deployment. If an accident
were to deploy an air bag, a child in
a child-restraint system sitting in the
front passenger seat could be
seriously injured or killed. If the
indicator light does not illuminate
after seating a child in a child-
restraint system on the front
passenger seat, seat a child in a
child-restraint system on the rear
seat and consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
2-31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
LATCH Child-Restraint Systems
Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed
LATCH child-restraint systems in the rear seats. Both anchors must be used, otherwise the
seat will bounce around and put the child in danger. Most LATCH child-restraint systems
must also be used in conjunction with a tether to be effective. If they have a tether you
must use it to better assure your child's safety.
WARNING
Follow the manufacturer's instructions for the use of the child-restraint system:
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it
could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Make
sure the child-restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child-
restraint system manufacturer's instructions.
Never attach two child-restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor:
Attaching two child-restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor is dangerous.
In a collision, one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child-restraint
system attachments, and it may break, causing serious injury or death. If you use the
seat position for another child-restraint system when an outboard LATCH position is
occupied, use the center seat belts instead, and the tether if tether-equipped.
Make sure the child-restraint system is properly secured:
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it
could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Follow
the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions on belt routing to secure the
seat just as you would with a child in it so that nobody is tempted to put a child in
an improperly secured seat later on. When not in use, remove it from the vehicle or
fasten it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH
child-restraint systems.
Make sure there are no seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH child-
restraint system:
Not following the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions when installing
the child-restraint system is dangerous. If seat belts or a foreign object prevent the
child-restraint system from being securely attached to the LATCH lower anchors and
the child-restraint system is installed improperly, the child-restraint system could
move in a sudden stop or collision causing serious injury or death to the child or
other occupants. When installing the child-restraint system, make sure there are no
seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH lower anchors. Always follow
the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions.
2-32
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
5. If your child-restraint system came
equipped with a tether, that means it is
very important to properly secure the
tether for child safety. Please carefully
follow the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions when
installing tethers.
qLATCH Child-Restraint System
Installation Procedure (Rear
Outboard Seats)
1. Make sure the seatback is securely
latched by pushing it back until it is
fully locked.
2. Expand the area between the seat
bottom and the seatback slightly to
verify the locations of the LATCH
lower anchors.
Anchor bracket location
Tether strap position
Tether strap
NOTE
The markings above the LATCH lower anchors
indicate the locations of LATCH lower
anchors for the attachment of a child-restraint
system.
Forward
3. Raise the head restraint to the top
locked position.
Refer to Head Restraints on page 2-7.
4. Secure the child-restraint system using
BOTH LATCH lower anchors,
following the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instruction. Pull on the
child-restraint to be sure both anchors
are engaged.
2-33
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
qLATCH Child-Restraint System
Installation Procedure (Rear
Center Seat)
WARNING
Use the tether and tether anchor only
for a child-restraint system:
The LATCH lower anchors at the center
of the rear seat are much further apart than
the sets of LATCH lower anchors for
child-restraint system installation at other
seating positions. Child-restraint systems
with rigid LATCH attachments cannot be
installed on the center seating position.
Some LATCH equipped child-restraint
systems can be placed in the center
Using the tether or tether anchor to
secure anything but a child-restraint
system is dangerous. This could
weaken or damage the tether or
tether anchor and result in injury.
Always route the tether strap between
the head restraint and the seatback:
Routing the tether strap on top of the
head restraint is dangerous. In a
collision the tether strap could slide
off the head restraint and loosen the
child-restraint system. The child-
restraint system could move which
may result in death or injury to the
child.
position and will reach the nearest
LATCH lower anchors which are 390 mm
(15.35 in) apart. LATCH compatible
child-restraint systems (with attachments
on belt webbing) can be used at this
seating position only if the child-restraint
system manufacturer's instructions state
that the child-restraint system can be
installed to LATCH lower anchors that are
390 mm (15.35 in) apart. Do not attach
two child-restraint systems to the same
LATCH lower anchor. If your child-
restraint system has a tether, it must also
be used for your child's optimum safety.
Always attach the tether strap to the
correct tether anchor position:
Attaching the tether strap to the
incorrect tether anchor position is
dangerous. In a collision, the tether
strap could come off and loosen the
child-restraint system. If the child-
restraint system moves it could result
in death or injury to the child.
2-34
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
3. Secure the child-restraint system using
BOTH LATCH lower anchors,
following the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions. Pull on the
child-restraint to be sure both anchors
are engaged.
WARNING
Use the tether and tether anchor only
for a child-restraint system:
Using the tether or tether anchor to
secure anything but a child-restraint
system is dangerous. This could
weaken or damage the tether or
tether anchor and result in injury.
4. If your child-restraint system came
equipped with a tether, that means it is
very important to properly secure the
tether for child safety. Please carefully
follow the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions when
installing tethers.
Always attach the tether strap to the
correct tether anchor position:
Attaching the tether strap to the
incorrect tether anchor position is
dangerous. In a collision, the tether
strap could come off and loosen the
child-restraint system. If the child-
restraint system moves it could result
in death or injury to the child.
Anchor bracket location
1. Make sure the seatback is securely
latched by pushing it back until it is
fully locked.
2. Expand the area between the seat
bottom and the seatback slightly to
verify the locations of the LATCH
lower anchors.
Tether strap position
NOTE
The markings above the LATCH lower anchors
indicate the locations of LATCH lower
anchors for the attachment of a child-restraint
system.
2-35
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Precautions
The front and side supplemental restraint systems (SRS) include 6 air bags. Please verify
the air bags equipped on your vehicle by locating the “SRS AIRBAG” location
indicators. These indicators are visible in the area where the air bags are installed.
The air bags are installed in the following locations:
l
The steering wheel hub (driver air bag)
The front passenger dashboard (front passenger air bag)
The outboard sides of the front seatbacks (side air bags)
The front and rear window pillars, and the roof edge along both sides (curtain air bags)
l
l
l
The air bag supplemental restraint systems are designed to provide supplemental protection
in certain situations, so seat belts are always important in the following ways:
Without seat belt usage, the air bags cannot provide adequate protection during an accident.
Seat belt usage is necessary to:
l
Keep the occupant from being thrown into an inflating air bag.
Reduce the possibility of injuries during an accident that is not designed for air bag
l
inflation, such as roll-over or rear impact.
Reduce the possibility of injuries in frontal, near frontal, side collisions that are not
l
severe enough to activate the air bags.
Reduce the possibility of being thrown from your vehicle.
Reduce the possibility of injuries to lower body and legs during an accident because the
l
l
air bags provide no protection to these parts of the body.
Hold the driver in a position which allows better control of the vehicle.
l
2-36
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
If your vehicle is also equipped with a driver and front passenger occupant
classification system, refer to the Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification
System (page 2-50) for details.
If your vehicle is equipped with a driver and front passenger occupant classification
system, the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates for a specified
time after the ignition is switched ON.
Small children must be protected by a child-restraint system as stipulated by law in every
state and province. In certain states and provinces, larger children must use a child-restraint
system (page 2-21).
Carefully consider which child-restraint system is necessary for your child and follow the
installation directions in this Owner's Manual as well as the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions.
WARNING
Seat belts must be worn in air bag equipped vehicles:
Depending only on the air bags for protection during an accident is dangerous.
Alone, air bags may not prevent serious injuries. The appropriate air bags can be
expected to inflate only in the first accident, such as frontal, near frontal, side
collisions that are at least moderate. Vehicle occupants should always wear seat
belts.
Children should not ride in the front passenger seat:
Placing a child, 12 years or under, in the front seat is dangerous. The child could be
hit by a deploying air bag and be seriously injured or even killed. Even if the front
passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates, always move the front
passenger seat as far back as possible. A sleeping child is more likely to lean against
the door and be hit by the side air bag in a moderate collision to the front-passenger
side of the vehicle. Whenever possible, always secure a child 12 years and under on
the rear seat with an appropriate child-restraint system for the child's age and size.
2-37
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Never use a rear-facing child-restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that
could deploy:
Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous even
though you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based on
the fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates. The
child-restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently
backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child.
Do not sit too close to the driver and front passenger air bags:
Sitting too close to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing hands
or feet on them is extremely dangerous. The driver and front passenger air bags
inflate with great force and speed. Serious injuries could occur if someone is too
close. The driver should always hold onto only the rim of the steering wheel. The
front seat passenger should keep both feet on the floor. Front seat occupants should
adjust their seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the
seatbacks with seat belts worn properly.
Sit in the center of the seat and wear seat belts properly:
Sitting too close to the side air bag modules or placing hands on them, or sleeping
up against the door or hanging out the windows is extremely dangerous. The side
and curtain air bags inflate with great force and speed directly expanding along the
door on the side the car is hit. Serious injury could occur if someone is sitting too
close to the door or leaning against a window, or if rear seat occupants grab the
sides of the front seatbacks. Give the side and curtain air bags room to work by
sitting in the center of the seat while the vehicle is moving with seat belts worn
properly.
Do not attach objects on or around the area where driver and front passenger air
bags deploy:
Attaching an object to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing
something in front of them is dangerous. In an accident, an object could interfere
with air bag inflation and injure the occupants.
2-38
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Do not attach objects on or around the area where a side air bag deploys:
Attaching objects to the front seat in such a way as to cover the outboard side of the
seat in any way is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with the side
air bag, which inflates from the outboard side of the front seats, impeding the added
protection of the side air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that is
dangerous. Furthermore, the bag could be cut open releasing the gas.
Do not hang net bags, map pouches or backpacks with side straps on the front
seats. Never use seat covers on the front seats. Always keep the side air bag modules
in your front seats free to deploy in the event of a side collision.
Do not attach objects on or around the area where a curtain air bag deploys:
Attaching objects to the areas where the curtain air bag activates such as on the
windshield glass, side door glass, front and rear window pillars and along the roof
edge and assist grips is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with the
curtain air bag, which inflates from the front and rear window pillars and along the
roof edge, impeding the added protection of the curtain air bag system or redirecting
the air bag in a way that is dangerous. Furthermore, the bag could be cut open
releasing the gas.
Do not place hangers or any other objects on the assist grips. When hanging clothes,
hang them on the coat hook directly. Always keep the curtain air bag modules free
to deploy in the event of a side collision.
Do not place luggage or other objects under the front seats:
Placing luggage or other objects under the front seats is dangerous. The components
essential to the supplemental restraint system could be damaged, and in the event of
a side collision, the appropriate air bags may not deploy, which could result in death
or serious injury. To prevent damage to the components essential to the
supplemental restraint system, do not place luggage or other objects under the front
seats.
Do not touch the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bags
have inflated:
Touching the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bags
have inflated is dangerous. Immediately after inflation, they are very hot. You could
get burned.
Never install any front-end equipment to your vehicle:
Installation of front-end equipment, such as frontal protection bar (kangaroo bar,
bull bar, push bar, or other similar devices), snowplow, or winches, is dangerous. The
air bag crash sensor system could be affected. This could cause air bags to inflate
unexpectedly, or it could prevent the air bags from inflating during an accident.
Front occupants could be seriously injured.
2-39
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Do not modify the suspension:
Modifying the vehicle suspension is dangerous. If the vehicle's height or the
suspension is modified, the vehicle will be unable to accurately detect a collision
resulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious
injuries.
Do not modify the supplemental restraint system:
Modifying the components or wiring of the supplemental restraint system is
dangerous. You could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable. Do not make
any modifications to the supplemental restraint system. This includes installing trim,
badges, or anything else over the air bag modules. It also includes installing extra
electrical equipment on or near system components or wiring. An Authorized Mazda
Dealer can provide the special care needed in the removal and installation of front
seats. It is important to protect the air bag wiring and connections to assure that the
bags do not accidentally deploy, the driver seat slide position sensor and front
passenger seat weight sensors are not damaged and that the seats retain an
undamaged air bag connection.
NOTE
l
When an air bag deploys, a loud inflation noise can be heard and some smoke will be released.
Neither is likely to cause injury, however, the texture of the air bags may cause light skin injuries
on body parts not covered with clothing through friction.
l
Should you sell your Mazda, we urge you to tell the new owner of its air bag systems and that
familiarization with all instructions about them, from the Owner's Manual, is important.
2-40
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Supplemental Restraint System Components
Driver/Front passenger inflators and air bags
Crash sensor, and diagnostic module (SAS unit)
Front seat belt pretensioner and load limiting systems (page 2-15)
Front air bag sensor
Side crash sensors
Air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light (page 2-45)
Side and curtain inflators and air bags
Front passenger seat weight sensors (page 2-50)
Front passenger seat weight sensor control module
Driver and front passenger seat belt buckle switches (page 2-54)
Driver seat slide position sensor (page 2-50)
2-41
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
How the SRS Air Bags Work
Your Mazda is equipped with the following types of SRS air bags. SRS air bags are
designed to work together with the seat belts to help to reduce injuries during an accident.
The SRS air bags are designed to provide further protection for passengers in addition to
the seat belt functions. Be sure to wear seat belts properly.
qFront Seat Belt Pretensioners
The front seat belt pretensioners are designed to deploy in moderate or severe frontal, near
frontal collisions.
qDriver Air Bag
The driver's air bag is mounted in the steering wheel.
driver's air bag inflates quickly helping to reduce injury mainly to the driver's head or chest
caused by directly hitting the steering wheel.
For more details about air bag deployment, refer to “SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria”
(page 2-47).
The driver's dual-stage air bag controls air bag inflation in two energy stages. During an
impact of moderate severity the driver's air bag deploys with lesser energy, whereas during
more severe impacts, it deploys with more energy.
2-42
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
qFront Passenger Air Bag
The inflation mechanism for the front passenger air bag is the same as the driver's air bag,
as mentioned above.
(page 2-47).
In addition, the front passenger air bag is designed to only deploy in accordance with the
total seated weight on the front passenger seat. For details, refer to the driver and front
passenger occupant classification system (page 2-50).
2-43
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
qSide Air Bags
The side air bags are mounted in the outboard sides of the front seatbacks.
When the air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force, the
bag inflates quickly to reduce injury to the driver or front passenger's chest caused by
directly hitting interior parts such as a door or window.
(page 2-47).
In addition, the front passenger side air bag is designed to only deploy in accordance with
the total seated weight on the front passenger seat. For details, refer to the driver and front
passenger occupant classification system (page 2-50).
qCurtain Air Bags
The curtain air bags are mounted in the front and rear window pillars, and the roof edge
along both sides.
curtain air bag inflates quickly and helps to reduce injury mainly to the rear outboard
passenger's head caused by directly hitting interior parts such as a door or window.
For more details about air bag deployment, refer to “SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria”
(page 2-47).
2-44
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
In a side impact:
Greater than moderate impact to one side of the vehicle will cause the curtain air bag on
that side only to inflate.
The side and curtain air bags will deploy only on the
side the vehicle receives the force of the impact.
In an angled collision:
During a collision, driver/front passenger air bag and the curtain air bag will deploy.
qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light
If the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system is working properly, the warning light
illuminates when the ignition is switched ON or after the engine is cranked. The warning
light turns off after a specified period of time.
2-45
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
A system malfunction is indicated if the warning light constantly flashes, constantly
illuminates or does not illuminate at all when the ignition is switched ON. If any of these
occur, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible. The system may not work
in an accident.
WARNING
Never tamper with the air bag/pretensioner systems and always have an Authorized
Mazda Dealer perform all servicing and repairs:
Self-servicing or tampering with the systems is dangerous. An air bag/pretensioner
could accidentally activate or become disabled causing serious injury or death.
qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Beep
If a malfunction is detected in the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner systems and the
warning light, a warning beep sound will be heard for about 5 seconds every minute.
The air bag and seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sound will continue to be heard
for approximately 35 minutes.
Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
WARNING
Do not drive the vehicle with the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning
beep sounding:
Driving the vehicle with the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning beep
sounding is dangerous. In a collision, the air bags and the front seat belt
pretensioner system will not deploy and this could result in death or serious injury.
Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the vehicle inspected as soon as
possible.
2-46
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria
This chart indicates the applicable SRS equipment that will deploy depending on the type
of collision.
(The illustrations are the representative cases of collisions.)
Types of collision
A severe frontal/near frontal collision
A severe side collision
A rear collision
SRS
equipment
Front seat
belt
X
*1 (both sides)
pretensioner
Driver air
bag
X
No air bag and front seat
belt pretensioner will be
activated in a rear collision.
Front
passenger air
bag
X*1
Side air bag
X*1 (impact side only)
X (impact side only)
Curtain air
bag
X*2
X: The SRS air bag equipment is designed to deploy in a collision.
*1: The front passenger front and side air bags and the seat belt pretensioner are designed
to deploy depending on the condition of the total seated weight on the front passenger
seat.
*2: In an angled collision, the curtain air bag might deploy.
2-47
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Limitations to SRS Air Bag
In severe collisions such as those described previously in “SRS Air Bag Deployment
Criteria”, the applicable SRS air bag equipment will deploy. However, in some accidents,
the equipment may not deploy depending on the type of collision and its severity.
Limitations to front/near front collision detection:
The following illustrations are examples of front/near front collisions that may not be
detected as severe enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment.
Frontal offset impact to the vehicle
Impacts involving trees or poles
Rear-ending or running under a truck's tail gate
Limitations to side collision detection:
The following illustrations are examples of side collisions that may not be detected as
severe enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment.
Side impacts with two-wheeled vehicles
Side impacts involving trees or poles
2-48
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Roll-over
2-49
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System
First, please read “Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Precautions” (page 2-36)
carefully.
qDriver Seat Slide Position Sensor
Your vehicle is equipped with a driver seat slide position sensor as a part of the
supplemental restraint system. The sensor is located under the driver seat. The sensor
determines whether the driver seat is fore or aft of a reference position and sends the seat
deployment of the driver air bag depending on how close the driver seat is to the steering
wheel.
The air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes if the sensor has a
possible malfunction (page 2-45).
qFront Passenger Seat Weight Sensors
Your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger seat weight sensors as a part of the
supplemental restraint system. These sensors are located under both of the front passenger
seat rails. These sensors determine the total seated weight on the front passenger seat and
monitor the seat belt buckle for the front passenger seat. The SAS unit is designed to
prevent the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system from
deploying if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.
To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag, the
system deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the seat belt
pretensioner system when the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light
illuminates. Refer to the following table for the front passenger air bag deactivation
indicator light illumination conditions.
This system shuts off the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner
system, so make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates
according to the following table.
The air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes and the front
passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates if the sensors have a possible
malfunction. If this happens, the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt
pretensioner system will not deploy.
2-50
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light
This indicator light illuminates to remind you that the front passenger front and side air
bags and seat belt pretensioner will not deploy during a collision.
If the front passenger weight sensors are normal, the indicator light illuminates when the
ignition is switched ON. The light turns off after a few seconds.
The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates or is off under the following conditions:
Condition detected by the
front passenger occupant
classification system
Front passenger seat
belt pretensioner
system
Front passenger air bag Front passenger front and
deactivation indicator light
side air bags
Deactivated
Deactivated
Ready
Empty (Not occupied)*1
Off
On
Off
Deactivated
Deactivated
Ready
Child or child-restraint
system*2
Adult*3
*1 : If the front passenger seat belt is buckled, the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates,
however this does not indicate a malfunction.
*2 : If a larger child sits on the front passenger seat, the sensors might detect the child as being an adult depending
on the child's physique.
*3 : If a smaller adult sits on the front passenger seat, the sensors might detect the person as being a child
depending on the person's physique.
The curtain air bag is ready for inflating despite the chart above.
If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when the
ignition is switched ON and does not illuminate as indicated in the above chart, do not
allow a child to sit in the front passenger seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as
soon as possible. The system may not work properly in an accident.
2-51
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
WARNING
Do not decrease the total seated weight on the front passenger seat:
When an adult or large child sits on the front passenger seat, decreasing the total
seated weight on the front passenger seat required for air bag deployment is
dangerous. The front passenger seat weight sensors will detect the reduced total
seated weight condition and the front passenger front and side air bags and seat
belt pretensioner system will not deploy during an accident. The front passenger will
not have the supplementary protection of the air bag, which could result in serious
injury. Decreasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat could result in
an air bag not deploying under the following conditions, for example:
Ø A rear passenger pushes up on the front passenger seat with their feet.
Ø Luggage or other items placed under the front passenger seat or between the
front passenger seat and driver seat that push up the front passenger seat
bottom.
Ø The front passenger seat occupant sits in a manner that does not place the entire
weight of the occupant on the seat such as by sitting too close to the door,
grasping the assist grip and sitting with the seatback reclined too far.
Ø Any accessories which might decrease the total seated weight on the front
passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat.
The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems will
deactivate if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.
2-52
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Do not increase the total seated weight on the front passenger seat:
When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat, increasing the total
seated weight on the front passenger seat is dangerous. The front passenger seat
weight sensors will detect the increased total seated weight, which could result in the
unexpected deployment of the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt
pretensioner system in an accident and may cause serious injury. Increasing the total
seated weight on the front passenger seat could result in the front passenger front
and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system deployment in an accident under
the following conditions, for example:
Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraint
system.
Ø A rear passenger or luggage push or pull down on the front passenger seatback.
Ø A rear passenger steps on the front passenger seat rails with their feet.
Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint.
Ø The seat is washed.
Ø Liquids are spilled on the seat.
Ø The front passenger seat is moved backward, pushing into luggage or other items
placed behind it.
Ø The front passenger seatback contacts the rear seat.
Ø Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver
seat.
Ø Any accessories which might increase the total seated weight on the front
passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat.
The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems will
deactivate if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.
CAUTION
Ø To assure proper deployment of the front air bag and to prevent damage to the
sensors in the front seat bottoms:
Ø
Do not place sharp objects on the front seat bottoms or leave heavy luggage on
them.
Ø
Do not spill any liquids on the front seats or under the front seats.
Ø To allow the sensors to function properly, always perform the following:
Ø
seatbacks with seat belts worn properly.
If you place your child on the front passenger seat, secure the child-restraint
system properly and slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible (page
2-30).
Ø
2-53
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
NOTE
l
The system requires about 10 seconds to alternate between turning the front passenger front and
side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system on or off.
l
The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate repeatedly if luggage or
other items are put on the front passenger seat, or if the temperature of the vehicle's interior
changes suddenly.
l
The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate for 10 seconds if the total
seated weight on the front passenger seat changes.
l
The air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light might illuminate if the front
passenger seat receives a severe impact.
l
If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate after installing a
child-restraint system on the front passenger seat, first, re-install your child-restraint system
according to the procedure in this owner's manual. Then, if the front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light still does not illuminate, install the child-restraint system on the rear
seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
l
If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates when an adult is seated in
the front passenger seat, have the passenger re-adjust their posture by sitting with their feet on the
floor, and then re-fastening the seat belt. If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light
still illuminates, move the passenger to the rear seat. If sitting in the rear seat is not possible, slide
the front passenger seat as far back as possible.
qDriver and Front Passenger Buckle Switches
The buckle switches on the front seat belts detect whether or not the front seat belts are
securely fastened and further control the deployment of the air bags.
2-54
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Monitoring and Maintenance
qConstant Monitoring
The following components of the air bag systems are monitored by a diagnostic system:
l
Crash sensors, and diagnostic module (SAS unit)
Front air bag sensor
Air bag modules
Side crash sensors
Air bag/Front seat belt pretensioner system warning light
Front seat belt pretensioners
Related wiring
Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light
Driver seat slide position sensor
Front passenger seat weight sensors
Front passenger seat weight sensor control module
Front passenger seat belt buckle switch
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
The diagnostic module continuously monitors the system's readiness. This begins when the
ignition is switched ON and continues while the vehicle is being driven.
qMaintenance
The air bag systems do not require regular maintenance. But if any of the following occurs,
take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible:
l
The air bag system warning light flashes.
The air bag system warning light remains illuminated.
The air bag system warning light does not illuminate when the ignition is switched ON.
The air bag system warning beep sound is heard.
Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when the ignition
l
l
l
l
l
is switched ON or does not illuminate as indicated in the chart. For more details about
this indicator light and this chart, refer to “Front passenger seat weight sensors” (page
2-50).
2-55
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
WARNING
Do not operate a vehicle with damaged air bag/seat belt pretensioner system
components:
Expended or damaged air bag/seat belt pretensioner system components must be
replaced after any collision which caused them to deploy or damage them. Only a
trained Authorized Mazda Dealer can fully evaluate these systems to see that they
will work in any subsequent accident. Driving with an expended or damaged air bag
or pretensioner unit will not afford you the necessary protection in the event of any
subsequent accident which could result in serious injury or death.
Do not remove interior air bag parts:
Removing any components such as the front seats, front dashboard, the steering
wheel or parts on the front and rear window pillars and along the roof edge,
containing air bag parts or sensors is dangerous. These parts contain essential air
bag components. The air bag could accidentally activate and cause serious injuries.
Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer remove these parts.
Dispose of the air bag properly:
Improper disposal of an air bag or a vehicle with live air bags in it can be extremely
dangerous. Unless all safety procedures are followed, injury can result. Ask an
Authorized Mazda Dealer how to safely dispose of an air bag or how to scrap an air
bag equipped vehicle.
NOTE
If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint
system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a
certified physician, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer, refer to “Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)”
(page 9-2).
2-56
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
3
of various parts.
Doors and Locks ........................................................................... 3-2
Keys .......................................................................................... 3-2
Door Locks ............................................................................... 3-8
Liftgate .................................................................................... 3-11
Power Windows ...................................................................... 3-15
Steering Wheel and Mirrors ...................................................... 3-24
Steering Wheel ........................................................................ 3-24
Mirrors .................................................................................... 3-24
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-1
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Without keyless entry system
Keys
WARNING
Do not leave the key in your vehicle
with children and keep them in a place
where your children will not find or
play with them:
Leaving children in a vehicle with the
key is dangerous. This could result in
someone being badly injured or even
killed. Children may find these new
kinds of keys to be an interesting toy
to play with and could cause the
power windows or other controls to
operate, or even make the vehicle
move.
Key code number plate
A code number is stamped on the plate
attached to the key set; detach this plate
and store it in a safe place (not in the
vehicle) for use if you need to make a
replacement key.
NOTE
Refer to Immobilizer System (page 3-21) for
information regarding keys and engine
starting.
NOTE
l
Write down the code number and keep it in
a separate, safe and convenient place, but
not in the vehicle.
If your key is lost, consult your Authorized
Mazda Dealer and have your code number
ready.
The keys operate all locks.
With keyless entry system
l
Some types of key chains cannot be
Retractable
type key
attached to the retractable type key. In this
case, use the key ring provided with the
transmitter which has the key code number
plate attached.
Key code number plate
Key ring
3-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Key extend/retract method (Retractable
type key)
Keyless Entry Systemí
This system remotely locks and unlocks
the doors and the liftgate.
It can also help you signal for attention.
Press the buttons slowly and carefully.
To extend the key, press the release
button.
CAUTION
To avoid damage to the transmitter,
do not:
Ø Drop the transmitter.
Ø Get the transmitter wet.
Ø Disassemble the transmitter.
Ø Expose the transmitter to any kind
of magnetic field.
Ø Expose the transmitter to high
temperatures on places such as
the dashboard or hood, under
direct sunlight.
To retract the key, rotate it into the holder
while pressing the release button.
NOTE
l
The keyless entry system is designed to
operate up to about 2.5 m (8 ft) from the
center of the vehicle, but this may vary due
to local conditions.
l
The system does not operate when the key is
in the ignition switch.
l
If the transmitter does not operate when
pressing a button or the operation range
becomes too small, the battery may be
dead. To install a new battery, refer to
Maintenance (page 3-6).
l
Additional transmitters can be obtained at
an Authorized Mazda Dealer. Up to 3
transmitters can be used with the keyless
entry system per vehicle. Bring all
transmitters to an Authorized Mazda
Dealer when additional transmitters are
required.
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-3
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
NOTE
l
qTransmitter
Doors and the liftgate can be locked by
pressing the lock button while any other
door or the liftgate is open. However, the
hazard warning lights will not flash and the
horn will not sound.
Lock button
Unlock button
l
l
All doors and the liftgate cannot be locked
when any door or the liftgate is open and
the key is in the ignition switch.
Confirm that all doors and the liftgate are
locked visually or audibly by use of the
double click.
Operation
indicator light
Panic button
Unlock button
NOTE
To unlock the driver's door, press the
unlock button.
l
(U.S.A.)
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) this device
may not cause harmful interference, and (2)
this device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
To unlock all doors and the liftgate, press
the unlock button again within 5 seconds.
NOTE
Auto re-lock function
After unlocking with the transmitter, all doors
and the liftgate will automatically lock if one
of the doors or the liftgate is not opened within
about 30 seconds.
l
(CANADA)
This device complies with RSS-210 of
Industry CANADA. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions: (1) this device
may not cause interference, and (2) this
device must accept any interference,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation of the device.
Panic button
If you witness from a distance someone
attempting to break into or damage your
vehicle, pressing the panic button will
activate the vehicle's alarm.
The operation indicator light flashes when
the buttons are pressed.
NOTE
The panic button will work whether any door
or the liftgate is open or closed.
Lock button
To lock the doors and the liftgate, press
the lock button.
Turning on the alarm
Pressing the panic button for 1 second or
more will trigger the alarm for about 2
minutes and 30 seconds, and the
following will occur:
To confirm that all doors and the liftgate
have been locked, press the lock button
again within 5 seconds. If they are closed
and locked, the horn will sound.
l
The horn sounds intermittently.
l
The hazard warning lights flash.
3-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Turning off the alarm
Press any button on the transmitter.
3-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
2. Insert a screwdriver into the slot and
push the tab to remove the key from
the transmitter.
qTransmitter Maintenance
If the buttons on the transmitter are
inoperable and the operation indicator
light does not flash, the battery may be
dead.
Tab
Replace with a new battery before the
transmitter becomes unusable.
CAUTION
Ø Install the battery with the positive
pole ( ) facing down. Battery
leakage could occur if it is not
installed correctly.
Ø When replacing the battery, be
careful not to touch any of the
internal circuitry and electrical
terminals, bend the electrical
terminals, or get dirt in the
transmitter as the transmitter
could be damaged.
3. Insert a screwdriver into the slot and
gently pry open the transmitter.
Ø There is the danger of explosion if
the battery is not correctly
replaced.
Ø Replace only with the same type
battery (CR1620 or equivalent).
Ø Dispose of used batteries
according to the following
instructions.
Ø
Insulate the plus and minus
terminals of the battery using
cellophane or equivalent tape.
Never disassemble.
Never throw the battery into
fire and/or water.
Never deform or crush.
4. Remove the battery.
Ø
Ø
Ø
Replacing the transmitter battery
1. Unfold the key (page 3-2).
3-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
5. Put in the new battery (CR1620 or
equivalent) with the positive pole (
facing down.
qService
)
If you have a problem with the keyless
entry system, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
If your transmitter is lost or stolen, bring
all remaining transmitters to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible for a replacement and to make
the lost or stolen transmitter inoperative.
CAUTION
Radio equipment like this is governed
by laws in the United States.
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
equipment.
6. Align the front and back covers and
snap the transmitter shut.
7. Align the key with the transmitter as
shown in the figure, and insert the key
until a click sound is heard.
CAUTION
Insert the key into the transmitter
securely until a click sound is heard.
If it is not inserted securely, it could
detach from the transmitter.
3-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qLocking, Unlocking with Key
Door Locks
The driver's door can be locked/unlocked
with the key.
Turn the key toward the front to lock,
toward the back to unlock.
WARNING
Always take all children and pets with
you or leave a responsible person with
them:
Leaving a child or a pet unattended
in a parked vehicle is dangerous. In
hot weather, temperatures inside a
vehicle can become high enough to
cause brain damage or even death.
Unlock
Do not leave the key in your vehicle
with children and keep them in a place
where your children will not find or
play with them:
Lock
Leaving children in a vehicle with the
key is dangerous. This could result in
someone being badly injured or even
killed.
NOTE
If your vehicle is equipped with a front
passenger door key cylinder, the door can be
locked/unlocked with the key.
Keep all doors locked when driving:
Unlocked doors in a moving vehicle
are dangerous. Passengers can fall
out if a door is accidentally opened
and can more easily be thrown out in
an accident.
q
Locking, Unlocking with Transmitter
The doors can be locked/unlocked by
operating the keyless entry system
transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System
(page 3-3).
Always close all the windows, lock the
doors and take the key with you when
leaving your vehicle unattended:
Leaving your vehicle unlocked is
dangerous as children could lock
themselves in a hot vehicle, which
could result in death. Also, a vehicle
left unlocked becomes an easy target
for thieves and intruders.
3-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
NOTE
l
qLocking, Unlocking with Door-
When locking the doors this way, be careful
not to leave the key inside the vehicle.
The driver's door cannot be locked using
the door-lock knob from the outside if the
key is in the ignition switch.
Lock Knob
To lock any door from the inside, press
the door-lock knob.
To unlock, pull it outward.
This does not operate the other door
locks.
l
l
(Without keyless entry system)
l
The front door lock knob cannot be used
while the front door is open.
The front door can only be locked from
l
the outside using the key.
l
The red indication can be seen when the
door-lock knob is unlocked.
Lock
Type A
Type B
Unlock
Red indication
Red indication
To lock any door with the door-lock knob
from the outside, press the door-lock knob
to the lock position and close the door
(holding the door handle pulled is not
required).
This does not operate the other door
locks.
qPower Door Locks
Vehicle lock-out prevention
Door-lock knob
The vehicle lock-out prevention feature
prevents you from locking yourself out of
the vehicle. With the key in the ignition
switch, all doors and the liftgate will
automatically unlock if they are locked
using the power door locks with any door
or the liftgate open.
3-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Locking, unlocking with key
Locking, unlocking with door-lock
switch
All doors and the liftgate lock
automatically when the driver's door is
locked with the key.
All doors and the liftgate unlock when the
driver's door is unlocked and the key is
held in the unlock position for one second
or longer.
All doors and the liftgate lock
automatically when lock side is pressed.
They all unlock when unlock side is
pressed.
Unlock
Lock
Unlock
Lock
Locking, unlocking with transmitter
(with retractable type key)
NOTE
All doors and the liftgate can be locked/
unlocked by operating the keyless entry
system transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry
System (page 3-3).
Holding the key in the unlocked position in the
driver's door lock for about a second unlocks
all doors and the liftgate. To unlock only the
driver's door, insert the key into the driver's
door lock and turn the key briefly to the unlock
position and then immediately return it to the
center position.
3-10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qRear Door Child Safety Locks
Liftgate
These locks are intended to help prevent
children from accidentally opening the
rear doors. Use them both whenever a
child rides in the vehicle.
WARNING
Never allow a person to ride in the
luggage compartment:
Allowing a person to ride in the
luggage compartment is dangerous.
The person in the luggage
compartment could be seriously
injured or killed during sudden
braking or a collision.
If you slide the child safety lock to the
lock position before closing that door, the
door cannot be opened from the inside.
The door can be opened only by pulling
the outside handle.
Do not drive with the liftgate open:
Exhaust gas in the cabin of a vehicle
is dangerous. An open liftgate in a
moving vehicle will cause exhaust
gas to be drawn into the cabin. This
gas contains CO (carbon monoxide),
which is colorless, odorless, and
highly poisonous, and it can cause
loss of consciousness and death.
Moreover, an open liftgate could
cause occupants to fall out in an
accident.
Unlock
Lock
qLocking, Unlocking with Key
The liftgate can be locked/unlocked by
inserting the key into the driver's door key
cylinder, refer to Power Door Locks (page
3-9).
q
Locking, Unlocking with Transmitter
(with Retractable Type Key)
The liftgate can be locked/unlocked by
operating the keyless entry system
transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System
(page 3-3).
3-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
NOTE
qLocking, Unlocking with Door-
l
When the liftgate is unlocked by pressing
Lock Switch
the electric liftgate opener button, the
liftgate raises slightly to allow it to be
opened. If the liftgate is not operated for a
certain period of time after the electric
liftgate opener button has been pressed, the
liftgate cannot be raised any more from its
slightly raised position. Press the electric
liftgate opener button again to fully open
the liftgate. To close the liftgate from its
slightly raised position, open it first by
pressing the electric liftgate opener button
and waiting for 1 second or longer, then
close it.
The liftgate can be locked/unlocked by
operating the door-lock switch, refer to
Power Door Locks (page 3-9).
qOpening and Closing the Liftgate
Opening the liftgate
Grasp the lower end of the liftgate, press
the electric liftgate opener on the liftgate,
and then raise the liftgate when the latch
releases.
l
The sound of the latch may be heard for a
few seconds after the electric liftgate
opener has been pressed, however, this does
not indicate a malfunction.
Electric liftgate
opener
While the ignition is switched ON, the
liftgate can be opened only when the
vehicle is stopped with the parking brake
applied (manual transaxle), or with the
selector lever in the P position (automatic
transaxle).
3-12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
When the liftgate cannot be opened
2. Detach the fasteners and remove the
cover on the interior surface of the
liftgate.
If the vehicle battery is dead or there is a
malfunction in the electrical system and
the liftgate cannot be unlocked, perform
the following procedure as an emergency
measure to unlock it:
Removal
CAUTION
Ø Perform the procedure using a
cloth to cover sharp edges which
could injure your hands.
Ø Perform the procedure carefully
when using a flathead screwdriver
as it could cause damage to the
surrounding area or vehicle parts.
3. Turn the lever to the right to unlock the
liftgate.
Lever
Lever
Cloth
1. Fold down the rear seatbacks.
Refer to Split-Folding Rear Seatback
on page 2-5.
After performing this emergency measure,
have the vehicle inspected at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
Closing the liftgate
Use both hands to push the liftgate down
until the lock snaps shut. Do not slam it.
Pull up on the liftgate to make sure it is
securely latched.
3-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qLuggage Compartment
CAUTION
Ø Make sure the luggage
compartment cover is firmly
secured. If it is not firmly secured,
it could unexpectedly disengage
resulting in injury.
Ø Do not place heavy objects or
apply excessive force to the top of
the luggage compartment cover
(Maximum weight: 2 kg).
Overloading could cause
WARNING
Do not place anything on top of the
cover:
Placing luggage or other cargo on
top of the luggage compartment
cover is dangerous. During sudden
braking or a collision, the cargo
could become a projectile that could
hit and injure someone. The vehicle
has a light weight luggage
compartment cover to keep the
contents of your luggage area out of
sight; it will not retain heavy objects
that are not tied down in an accident
such as a rollover. Tie down all heavy
objects, whether luggage or cargo,
using the tie down hooks.
deformation or damage to the
luggage compartment cover. Also,
the liftgate could drop
unexpectedly if it is opened with
heavy objects on the luggage
compartment cover, resulting in
injury.
Luggage compartment cover strap
Make sure luggage and cargo is
secured before driving:
The luggage compartment can be
accessed by opening the liftgate when the
straps are attached to the sides of the
liftgate.
Not securing cargo while driving is
dangerous as it could move or be
crushed during sudden braking or a
collision and cause injury.
Hook
Strap
3-14
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Luggage compartment cover
Power Windows
This cover can be removed for more
room. To do this, just unfasten the straps;
then lift and pull it out.
The ignition must be switched ON for the
power windows to operate.
WARNING
Make sure the opening is clear before
closing a window:
Closing power windows are
dangerous. A person's hands, head,
or even neck could be caught by the
window and result in serious injury
or even death.
This warning applies especially to
children.
Always lock all passenger power
windows with the power window lock
switch on the driver's side while
children are in the vehicle, and never
allow children to play with power
window switches:
Leaving the power window switches
unlocked while children are in the
vehicle is dangerous. Power window
switches that are not locked with the
power window lock switch would
allow children to operate power
windows unintentionally which could
result in serious injury if a child's
hands, head or neck becomes caught
by the window.
CAUTION
To prevent burning out the fuse and
damaging the power window system,
do not open or close more than three
windows at once.
3-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
NOTE
qOperating the Driver's Side
If the battery was disconnected during vehicle
maintenance, or for other reasons such as a
switch continues to be operated after the
window is fully open/close, the window will not
fully open and close automatically. Carry out
the following procedure to resume operation:
Power Window
Manual opening/closing
To open the window to the desired
position, lightly hold down the switch.
To close the window to the desired
position, lightly pull up the switch.
1. Switch the ignition ON.
2. Press the switch and fully open the window.
3. Pull up the switch to fully close the window
and continue holding the switch for about 2
seconds after the window fully closes.
Driver's window
Two-step down function
With the window completely closed, press
the switch lightly and the window will
open and stop about 3 cm (1 in) from the
top.
If you continue to press and hold the
switch, the window will resume opening
all the way.
Auto-opening/closing
To fully open the window automatically,
press the switch completely down, then
release. The window will fully open
automatically.
To fully close the window automatically,
pull the switch completely up, then
release. The window will fully close
automatically.
NOTE
l
Pressing the power window switch once
when the window is fully closed will only
open it about 3 cm (1 in) to allow
l
The range in which the window opens can
be changed.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
10-8.
The two-step down function can be
To stop the window partway, pull or press
the switch in the opposite direction and
then release it.
l
canceled.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
10-8.
Jam-safe window
If a person's hands, head or an object
blocks the window during the auto-
closing operation, the window will stop
and open halfway.
3-16
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qOperating the Passenger Power
WARNING
Windows
Make sure nothing blocks the window
just before it reaches the fully closed
position or while holding up the power
window switch:
The power window may be operated
when the power window lock switch on
the driver's door is in the unlocked
position.
Blocking the power window just
before it reaches the fully closed
position or while holding up the
power window switch is dangerous.
In this case, the jam-safe function
cannot prevent the window from
closing all the way. If fingers are
caught, serious injuries could occur.
The passenger window may be opened or
closed by the power window master
control switches on the driver's door.
NOTE
Left rear window
Depending on driving conditions, a closing
power window could stop and start opening
when the window feels a shock that is similar
to something blocking it.
In the event the jam-safe function activates and
the power window cannot be closed
automatically, pull and hold the switch and the
window will close.
Front
passenger's
window
Power
window lock
switch
Right rear window
To open the window to the desired
position, hold down the switch.
To close the window to the desired
position, pull up the switch.
Engine-off power window operation
The power window can be operated for
about 40 seconds after the ignition is
switched from ON to the ACC or off with
all doors closed. If any door is opened, the
power window will be inoperable.
Close
Open
NOTE
l
For engine-off operation of the power
window, the switch must be held up firmly
throughout window closure because the
auto-closing function will be inoperable.
l
The two-step down function is inoperable
during engine-off operation.
3-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qPower Window Lock Switch
Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap
With the lock switch in the unlocked
position (button not depressed), all power
windows on each door can be operated.
WARNING
When removing the fuel-filler cap,
loosen the cap slightly and wait for any
hissing to stop. Then remove it:
Fuel spray is dangerous. Fuel can
burn skin and eyes and cause illness
if ingested. Fuel spray is released
when there is pressure in the fuel
tank and the fuel-filler cap is
With the lock switch in the locked
position (button depressed), only the
driver's side power window can be
operated.
Locked position
removed too quickly.
Before refueling, stop the engine, and
always keep sparks and flames away
from the filler neck:
Unlocked position
Fuel vapor is dangerous. It could be
ignited by sparks or flames causing
serious burns and injuries.
Additionally, use of the incorrect fuel-
filler cap or not using a fuel-filler cap
may result in fuel leak, which could
result in serious burns or death in an
accident.
WARNING
Unless a passenger needs to operate a
power window, keep the power window
lock switch in the locked position:
Unintentional power window
CAUTION
Always use only a genuine Mazda
fuel-filler cap or an approved
equivalent, available at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer. The wrong
cap can result in a serious
operation is dangerous. A person's
hands, head, or neck could be caught
by the window and result in serious
injury.
malfunction of the fuel and emission
control systems. It may also cause
the check engine light in the
NOTE
When the power window lock switch is in the
locked position, the light on each power
window switch, except for the driver's power
window switch, turns off. The light may be
difficult to see depending on the surrounding
brightness.
instrument cluster to illuminate.
3-18
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qFuel-Filler Lid
CAUTION
To open, pull up the remote fuel-filler lid
release.
If the check fuel cap warning light
illuminates, the fuel-filler cap may
not be properly installed. If the
warning light illuminates, park your
vehicle safely off the right-of-way,
remove the fuel-filler cap and
Remote fuel-
filler lid release
reinstall it correctly. After the cap has
been correctly installed, the fuel cap
warning light may continue to
illuminate until a number of driving
cycles have been completed. A drive
cycle consists of starting the engine
(after four or more hours with the
engine off) and driving the vehicle on
city and highway roads.
Continuing to drive with the check
fuel cap warning light illuminated
could cause the check engine light to
illuminate as well.
qFuel-Filler Cap
To remove the fuel-filler cap, turn it
counterclockwise.
To close the fuel-filler cap, turn it
clockwise until a click is heard.
NOTE
The removed cap can be attached to the inner
side of the lid during refueling to prevent fuel
on the cap from dripping onto the vehicle.
Open
Close
3-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
3. Grasp the support rod in the padded
area and secure it in the stay hole
indicated by the arrow to hold the hood
open.
Hood
WARNING
Always check that the hood is closed
and securely locked:
A hood that is not closed and
securely locked is dangerous as it
could fly open while the vehicle is
moving and block the driver's vision
which could result in a serious
accident.
qOpening the Hood
1. With the vehicle parked, pull the
release handle to unlock the hood.
qClosing the Hood
WARNING
Do not leave items in the engine
compartment:
After you have finished checking or
doing servicing in the engine
compartment, do not forget and
leave items such as tools or rags in
the engine compartment.
Tools or other items left in the engine
compartment could cause engine
damage or a fire leading to an
unexpected accident.
2. Insert your hand into the hood opening
and slide the hood latch lever to the
right and lift the hood.
1. Check under the hood area to make
certain all filler caps are in place and
all loose items (e.g. tools, oil
containers, etc.) have been removed.
2. Insert the support rod in its clip while
holding up the hood. Verify that the
support rod is secured in the clip before
closing the hood.
3. Close the hood so that it locks securely.
3-20
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
Immobilizer System
CAUTION
When starting the engine do not
allow the following, as the engine
may not start due to the electronic
signal from the ignition key not being
transmitted correctly.
The immobilizer system allows the engine
to start only with a key the system
recognizes.
If someone attempts to start the engine
with an unrecognized key, the engine will
not start, thereby helping to prevent the
theft of your vehicle.
Ø A key ring rests on the key grip.
If you have a problem with the
immobilizer system or the key, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
CAUTION
Ø Radio equipment like this is
governed by laws in the United
States.
Ø Metal parts of other keys or metal
objects touch the key grip.
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to
operate the equipment.
Ø To avoid damage to the key, do
not:
Ø Spare keys or keys for other
vehicles equipped with an
immobilizer system touch or come
near the key grip.
Ø
Ø
Ø
Drop the key.
Get the key wet.
Expose the key to any kind of
magnetic field.
Ø
Expose the key to high
temperatures on places such as
the dashboard or hood, under
direct sunlight.
Ø Devices for electronic purchases, or
security passage which touch or
come near the key.
3-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
NOTE
qOperation
l
(U.S.A.)
Arming
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) this device
may not cause harmful interference, and (2)
this device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
The system is armed when the ignition is
switched from ON to ACC or off.
The security indicator light in the
instrument cluster flashes every two
seconds until the system is disarmed.
l
(CANADA)
This device complies with RSS-210 of
Industry CANADA. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions: (1) this device
may not cause interference, and (2) this
device must accept any interference,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation of the device.
Disarming
l
The system is disarmed when the ignition
is switched ON with the correct ignition
key.
The security indicator light illuminates for
about three seconds and goes out.
The keys carry a unique electronic code.
For this reason, and to assure your safety,
obtaining a replacement key requires some
waiting time. They are only available
through an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
l
Always keep a spare key, in case one is lost.
If the engine does not start with the
correct ignition key, and the security
indicator light keeps illuminating or
flashing, the system may have a
malfunction. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
If a key is lost, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
If you lose a key, an Authorized Mazda
Dealer will reset the electronic codes of
your remaining keys and immobilizer
system. Bring all the remaining keys to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer to reset.
Starting the vehicle with a key that has not
been reset is not possible.
l
3-22
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
NOTE
l
If the security indicator light illuminates
and stays on or flashes when the ignition is
switched ON, the engine will not start.
Signals from a TVor radio station, or from
a transceiver or a mobile telephone, could
interfere with your immobilizer system. If
you are using the proper key and your
engine fails to start, check the security
indicator light. If it is flashing, remove the
ignition key and wait 2 seconds or more,
then reinsert it and try starting the engine
again. If it does not start after 3 or more
tries, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If the security indicator light flashes
l
l
continuously while you are driving, do not
shut off the engine. Go to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer and have it checked. If you
shut off the engine while the light is
flashing you will not be able to restart it.
Since the electronic codes are reset when
repairing the immobilizer system, the keys
are needed. Bring all the existing keys to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
l
qModification and Add-On
Equipment
Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizer
system's operation if the system has been
modified or if any add-on equipment has
been installed.
CAUTION
To avoid damage to your vehicle, do
not modify the system or install any
add-on equipment to the immobilizer
system or the vehicle.
3-23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Steering Wheel and Mirrors
Steering Wheel
Mirrors
qOutside Mirrors
WARNING
Never adjust the steering wheel while
the vehicle is moving:
Check the mirror angles before driving.
Mirror type
Adjusting the steering wheel while
the vehicle is moving is dangerous.
Moving it can very easily cause the
driver to abruptly turn to the left or
right. This can lead to loss of control
or an accident.
Flat type (driver's side)
Flat surface mirror.
Convex type (front passenger side)
The mirror has single curvature on its
surface.
WARNING
qTilt Steering Wheel
Be sure to look over your shoulder
before changing lanes:
To change the angle of the steering wheel,
stop the vehicle, pull the tilt wheel release
lever under the steering column up, adjust
the wheel, then push the release lever
down to lock the column.
Changing lanes without taking into
account the actual distance of the
vehicle in the convex mirror is
dangerous. You could have a serious
accident. What you see in the convex
mirror is closer than it appears.
Power mirror
The ignition must be switched to ACC or
ON.
To adjust:
1. Press the left or right side of the
selector switch to choose the left or
right side mirror.
Tilt wheel release
lever
After adjusting, push the wheel up and
down to be certain it's locked before
driving.
3-24
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Steering Wheel and Mirrors
2. Depress the mirror switch in the
appropriate direction.
qRearview Mirror
Rearview mirror adjustment
Mirror switch
Before driving, adjust the rearview mirror
to center on the scene through the rear
window.
Selector switch
Folding the mirror
Fold the outside mirror rearward until it is
flush with the vehicle.
Reducing glare from headlights
Adjust the mirror with the day/night lever
in the day position.
Push the lever forward for day driving.
Pull it back to reduce glare from
headlights.
Day/Night lever
WARNING
Always return the outside mirrors to
the driving position before you start
driving:
Day
Night
Driving with the outside mirrors
folded in is dangerous. Your rear view
will be restricted, and you could have
an accident.
3-25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Knowing Your Mazda
Steering Wheel and Mirrors
WARNING
Do not stack cargo or objects higher
than the seatbacks:
Cargo stacked higher than the
seatbacks is dangerous. It can block
your view in the rearview mirror,
which might cause you to hit another
car when changing lanes.
3-26
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Before Driving Your Mazda
4
Important information about driving your Mazda.
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions ........................................ 4-2
Fuel Requirements .................................................................... 4-2
Before Starting the Engine ........................................................... 4-5
Driving Tips................................................................................... 4-6
Break-In Period ......................................................................... 4-6
Money-Saving Suggestions ...................................................... 4-6
Hazardous Driving .................................................................... 4-7
Floor Mat .................................................................................. 4-7
Rocking the Vehicle .................................................................. 4-8
Driving In Flooded Area ......................................................... 4-10
Towing ......................................................................................... 4-12
Trailer Towing ......................................................................... 4-12
4-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Before Driving Your Mazda
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions
Fuel Requirements
Vehicles with catalytic converters or oxygen sensors must use ONLY UNLEADED FUEL,
which will reduce exhaust emissions and keep spark plug fouling to a minimum.
Your Mazda will perform best with fuel listed in the table.
Fuel
Octane Rating*(Anti-knock index)
Regular unleaded fuel
87 [ (R+M)/2 method] or above (91 RON or above)
* U.S. federal law requires that octane ratings be posted on gasoline station pumps.
Fuel with a rating lower than 87 octane (91 RON) could cause the emission control system
to lose effectiveness. It could also cause engine knocking and serious engine damage.
CAUTION
Ø USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.
Leaded fuel is harmful to the catalytic converter and oxygen sensors and will lead
to deterioration of the emission control system and or failures.
Ø Your vehicle can only use oxygenated fuels containing no more than 10 % ethanol
by volume. Damage to your vehicle may occur when ethanol exceeds this
recommendation, or if the gasoline contains any methanol. Stop using gasohol of
any kind if your vehicle engine is performing poorly.
Ø Never add fuel system additives. Never add cleaning agents other than those
specified by Mazda. Other cleaning agents and additives may damage the system.
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Gasoline blended with oxygenates such as alcohol or ether compounds are generally
referred to as oxygenated fuels. The common gasoline blend that can be used with your
vehicle is ethanol blended at no more than 10%. Gasoline containing alcohol, such as
ethanol or methanol, may be marketed under the name “Gasohol”.
Vehicle damage and drivability problems resulting from the use of the following may not
be covered by the Mazda warranty.
l
Gasohol containing more than 10% ethanol.
Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol.
Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
l
l
4-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Before Driving Your Mazda
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions
Emission Control System
Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system (the catalytic converter is part of
this system) that enables your vehicle to comply with existing exhaust emissions
requirements.
WARNING
Never park over or near anything flammable:
Parking over or near anything flammable, such as dry grass, is dangerous. Even with
the engine turned off, the exhaust system remains very hot after normal use and
could ignite anything flammable. A resulting fire could cause serious injury or death.
CAUTION
Ignoring the following precautions could cause lead to accumulate on the catalyst
inside the converter or cause the converter to get very hot. Either condition will
damage the converter and cause poor performance.
Ø USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.
Ø Do not drive your Mazda with any sign of engine malfunction.
Ø Do not coast with the ignition switched off.
Ø Do not descend steep grades in gear with the ignition switched off.
Ø Do not operate the engine at high idle for more than 5 minutes.
Ø Do not tamper with the emission control system. All inspections and adjustments
must be made by a qualified technician.
Ø Do not push-start or pull-start your vehicle.
NOTE
Under U.S. federal law, any modification to the original-equipment emission control system before
the first sale and registration of a vehicle is subject to penalties. In some states, such modification
made on a used vehicle is also subject to penalties.
4-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Before Driving Your Mazda
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions
Engine Exhaust (Carbon Monoxide)
WARNING
Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle:
Engine exhaust gas is dangerous. This gas contains carbon monoxide (CO), which is
colorless, odorless, and poisonous. When inhaled, it can cause loss of consciousness
and death. If you smell exhaust gas inside your vehicle, keep all windows fully open
and contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately.
Do not run the engine when inside an enclosed area:
Running the engine inside an enclosed area, such as a garage, is dangerous. Exhaust
gas, which contains poisonous carbon monoxide, could easily enter the cabin. Loss
of consciousness or even death could occur.
Open the windows or adjust the heating or cooling system to draw fresh air when
idling the engine:
Exhaust gas is dangerous. When your vehicle is stopped with the windows closed
and the engine running for a long time even in an open area, exhaust gas, which
contains poisonous carbon monoxide, could enter the cabin. Loss of consciousness or
even death could occur.
Clear snow from underneath and around your vehicle, particularly the tail pipe,
before starting the engine:
Running the engine when a vehicle is stopped in deep snow is dangerous. The
exhaust pipe could be blocked by the snow, allowing exhaust gas to enter the cabin.
Because exhaust gas contains poisonous carbon monoxide, it could cause loss of
consciousness or even death to occupants in the cabin.
4-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Before Driving Your Mazda
Before Starting the Engine
Before Getting In
After Getting In
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
Be sure the windows, outside mirrors,
and outside lights are clean.
Inspect inflation pressures and
condition of tires.
Look under the vehicle for any sign of
fluid leaks.
Are all doors closed and locked?
Is the seat adjusted properly?
Are the inside and outside mirrors
adjusted?
Is the steering wheel adjusted properly?
Is everyone's seat belt fastened?
Check all gauges.
Check all warning lights when the
ignition is switched ON.
Release the parking brake and make
sure the brake warning light goes off.
l
l
l
l
If you plan to back up, make sure
nothing is in your way.
NOTE
l
Engine oil, engine coolant, brake/clutch fluid,
washer fluid, and other fluid levels should be
inspected. See Maintenance, Section 8.
Always be thoroughly familiar with your
Mazda.
4-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
Break-In Period
Money-Saving Suggestions
No special break-in is necessary, but a few
precautions in the first 1,000 km (600
miles) may add to the performance,
economy, and life of your Mazda.
How you operate your Mazda determines
how far it will travel on a tank of fuel. Use
these suggestions to help save money on
fuel and repairs.
l
l
Do not race the engine.
Do not maintain one constant speed,
Avoid long warm-ups. Once the engine
l
runs smoothly, begin driving.
Avoid fast starts.
Keep the engine tuned. Follow the
l
either slow or fast, for a long period of
time.
Do not drive constantly at full-throttle
l
l
maintenance schedule (page 8-3) and
have an Authorized Mazda Dealer
perform inspections and servicing.
or high engine rpm for extended
periods of time.
Avoid unnecessary hard stops.
l
l
Use the air conditioner only when
l
Avoid full-throttle starts.
necessary.
Slow down on rough roads.
Keep the tires properly inflated.
Do not carry unnecessary weight.
l
l
l
l
Do not rest your foot on the brake
pedal while driving.
Keep the wheels in correct alignment.
Keep windows closed at high speeds.
Slow down when driving in crosswinds
l
l
l
and headwinds.
WARNING
Never stop the engine when going
down a hill:
Stopping the engine when going
down a hill is dangerous. This causes
the loss of power steering and power
brake control, and may cause
damage to the drivetrain. Any loss of
steering or braking control could
cause an accident.
4-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
Hazardous Driving
Floor Mat
WARNING
WARNING
Be extremely careful if it is necessary to
downshift on slippery surfaces:
Downshifting into lower gear while
driving on slippery surfaces is
Make sure the floor mats are hooked
on the retention pins to prevent them
from bunching up under the foot
pedals:
dangerous. The sudden change in tire
speed could cause the tires to skid.
This could lead to loss of vehicle
control and an accident.
Using a floor mat that is not secured
is dangerous as it will interfere with
the accelerator and brake pedal
operation, which could result in an
accident.
Do not rely on ABS as a substitute for
safe driving:
Do not install two floor mats, one on
top of the other, on the driver's side:
Installing two floor mats, one on top
of the other, on the driver's side is
dangerous as the retention pins can
only keep one floor mat from sliding
forward.
The ABS cannot compensate for
unsafe and reckless driving, excessive
speed, tailgating (following another
vehicle too closely), driving on ice and
snow, and hydroplaning (reduced tire
friction and road contact because of
water on the road surface). You can
still have an accident.
In using a heavy duty floor mat for
winter use always remove the
original floor mat.
Loose floor mat(s) will interfere with
the foot pedal and could result in an
accident.
When driving on ice or in water, snow,
mud, sand, or similar hazards:
l
Be cautious and allow extra distance
for braking.
Avoid sudden braking and sudden
l
maneuvering.
Do not pump the brakes. Continue to
l
press down on the brake pedal.
Refer to Anti-Lock Brake System
(ABS) on page 5-8.
l
If you get stuck, select a lower gear and
accelerate slowly. Do not spin the front
wheels.
For more traction in starting on
l
slippery surfaces such as ice or packed
snow, use sand, rock salt, chains,
carpeting, or other nonslip material
under the front wheels.
When setting a floor mat, position the
floor mat so that its eyelets are inserted
over the pointed end of the retention
posts.
NOTE
Use snow chains only on the front wheels.
4-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
Rocking the Vehicle
Winter Driving
l
Carry emergency gear, including tire
chains, window scraper, flares, a small
shovel, jumper cables, and a small bag
of sand or salt.
WARNING
Do not spin the wheels at more than 56
km/h (35 mph), and do not allow
anyone to stand behind a wheel when
pushing the vehicle:
Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer to
perform the following precautions:
When the vehicle is stuck, spinning
the wheels at high speed is
dangerous. The spinning tire could
overheat and explode. This could
cause serious injuries.
l
Have the proper ratio of antifreeze in
the radiator.
Refer to Engine Coolant on page 8-13.
Inspect the battery and its cables. Cold
l
reduces battery capacity.
Inspect the ignition system for damage
l
Use washer fluid made with
antifreeze―but do not use engine
coolant antifreeze for washer fluid
(page 8-18).
CAUTION
Too much rocking may cause engine
overheating, transaxle failure, and
tire damage.
l
l
Do not use the parking brake in
If you must rock the vehicle to free it from
snow, sand or mud, depress the
accelerator slightly and slowly move the
shift lever from 1 (D) to R.
freezing weather as it may freeze.
Instead, shift to P with an automatic
transaxle and to 1 or R with a manual
transaxle. Block the rear wheels.
l
Do not apply excessive force to a
window scraper when removing ice or
frozen snow on the mirror glass and
windshield.
l
Never use warm or hot water for
removing snow or ice from windows
and mirrors as it could result in the
glass cracking.
l
Braking performance can be adversely
affected if snow or ice adheres to the
brake equipment. If this situation
occurs, drive the vehicle slowly,
releasing the accelerator pedal and
lightly applying the brakes several
times until the brake performance
returns to normal.
4-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
qSnow Tires
qTire Chains
Use snow tires on all four wheels
Check local regulations before using tire
chains.
Do not go faster than 120 km/h (75 mph)
while driving with snow tires. Inflate
snow tires 30 kPa (0.3 kgf/cm2, 4.3 psi)
more than recommended on the tire
pressure label (driver's door frame), but
never more than the maximum cold-tire
pressure shown on the tires.
Your vehicle is originally equipped with
all season radials designed to be used all
year around. In some extreme climates
you may find it necessary to replace them
with snow tires during the winter months
to further improve traction on snow and
ice covered roads.
CAUTION
Ø Chains may affect handling.
Ø Do not go faster than 50 km/h (30
mph) or the chain manufacturer's
recommended limit, whichever is
lower.
Ø Drive carefully and avoid bumps,
holes, and sharp turns.
Ø Avoid locked-wheel braking.
Ø Do not use chains on a temporary
spare tire; it may result in damage
to the vehicle and to the tire.
Ø Do not use chains on roads that
are free of snow or ice. The tires
and chains could be damaged.
Ø Chains may scratch or chip
aluminum wheels.
WARNING
Use only the same size and type tires
(snow, radial, or non-radial) on all four
wheels:
Using tires different in size or type is
dangerous. Your vehicle's handling
could be greatly affected and result
in an accident.
NOTE
If your vehicle is equipped with the tire
pressure monitoring system, the system may
not function correctly when using tire chains.
CAUTION
Check local regulations before using
studded tires.
Install the chains on the front tires.
Do not use chains on the rear tires.
Please consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
NOTE
Installing the chains
pressure monitoring system, the system may
not function correctly when using tires with
steel wire reinforcement in the sidewalls (page
5-27).
1. If your vehicle is equipped with wheel
covers remove them, otherwise the
chain bands will scratch them.
2. Secure the chains on the front tires as
tightly as possible. Always follow the
chain manufacturer's instructions.
3. Retighten the chains after driving 1/2
―1 km (1/4―1/2 mile).
4-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
Driving In Flooded Area
Overloading
WARNING
WARNING
Dry wet brakes by driving very slowly
and applying the brakes lightly until
brake performance returns to normal:
Driving with wet brakes is
Be careful not to overload your vehicle:
The gross axle weight rating (GAWR)
and the gross vehicle weight rating
(GVWR) of your vehicle are on the
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Label
on the driver's door frame. Exceeding
these ratings can cause an accident
or vehicle damage. You can estimate
the weight of your load by weighing
the items (or people) before putting
them in the vehicle.
dangerous. Increased stopping
distance or the vehicle pulling to one
side when braking could result in a
serious accident. Light braking will
indicate whether the brakes have
been affected.
CAUTION
Do not drive the vehicle on flooded
roads as it could cause short
circuiting of electrical/electronic
parts, or engine damage or stalling
from water absorption. If the vehicle
has been immersed in water, consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
4-10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
Driving on Uneven Road
Your vehicle's suspension and underbody can be damaged if driven on rough/uneven roads
or over speed bumps at excessive speeds. Use care and reduce speed when traveling on
rough/uneven roads or over speed bumps.
Use care not to damage the vehicle's underbody, bumpers or muffler(s) when driving under
the following conditions:
l
Ascending or descending a slope with a sharp transition angle
Ascending or descending a driveway or trailer ramp with a sharp transition angle
l
Your vehicle is equipped with low profile tires allowing class-leading performance and
handling. As a result, the sidewall of the tires are very thin and the tires and wheels can be
damaged if driven through potholes or on rough/uneven roads at excessive speeds. Use
care and reduce speed when traveling on rough/uneven roads or through potholes.
4-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
5
Explanation of instruments and controls.
Starting and Driving ..................................................................... 5-2
Ignition Switch .......................................................................... 5-2
Starting the Engine .................................................................... 5-3
Turning Off the Engine ............................................................. 5-4
Cruise Controlí ...................................................................... 5-16
Traction Control System (TCS) .............................................. 5-20
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds ............................ 5-36
Switches and Controls ................................................................ 5-51
Lighting Control ..................................................................... 5-51
Fog Lightsí ............................................................................ 5-54
Windshield Wipers and Washer .............................................. 5-55
Rear Window Wiper and Washer ............................................ 5-58
Rear Window Defrosterí ....................................................... 5-59
Horn ........................................................................................ 5-60
Hazard Warning Flasher .......................................................... 5-60
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-1
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Ignition Switch
WARNING
Remove the key only when the vehicle
is parked (with steering lock
mechanism):
qIgnition Switch Positions
Removing the key from the ignition
switch while the vehicle is moving is
dangerous. Removing the key allows
the steering wheel to lock. You will
lose steering control and a serious
accident could occur.
Before leaving the driver's seat, always
turn the key to the OFF/LOCK position,
set the parking brake and make sure
the shift lever is in P with an automatic
transaxle or in 1 or R with a manual
transaxle:
The engraved mark (LOCK) indicated in
the illustration may differ from that
indicated on the actual vehicle (it may
read OFF).
It is important to turn the key to the
OFF/LOCK position even if you are
not removing the key from the
ignition or leaving the vehicle.
Leaving the key in other positions
will disable some of the vehicle
security systems and run the battery
down.
OFF/LOCK
The power supply to electrical devices is
turned off. Only in this position can the
key be removed.
Leaving the driver's seat without
switching the ignition to the OFF/
LOCK position, setting the parking
brake and shifting the shift lever to P
with an automatic transaxle, or to 1
or R with a manual transaxle is
dangerous. Unexpected vehicle
movement could occur. This could
cause an accident.
NOTE
If turning the key is difficult, jiggle the steering
wheel from side to side.
Leaving the key in any position but the OFF/
LOCK position also disables some of the
security features and may run the battery
down.
5-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
ACC (Accessory)
Starting the Engine
In this position, some electrical
accessories will operate.
NOTE
Engine-starting is controlled by the spark
ignition system.
ON
This system meets all Canadian Interference-
Causing Equipment Standard requirements
regulating the impulse electrical field strength
of radio noise.
This is the normal running position after
the engine is started. Some indicator
lights/warning lights should be inspected
before the engine is started (page 5-36).
NOTE
1. Occupants should fasten their seat
belts.
When the ignition switch is turned to the ON
position, the sound of the fuel pump motor
operating near the fuel tank can be heard. This
does not indicate an abnormality.
2. Make sure the parking brake is on.
3. Depress the brake pedal.
START
4. (Manual transaxle)
Depress the clutch pedal all the way
and shift into neutral.
Keep the clutch pedal depressed while
cranking the engine.
The engine is started in this position. It
will crank until you release the key. It
then returns to the ON position.
(Automatic transaxle)
qIgnition Key Reminder
Put the vehicle in park (P). If you must
restart the engine while the vehicle is
moving, shift into neutral (N).
If the ignition is switched off or the
ignition is switched to ACC with the key
inserted, a continuous beep sound will be
heard when the driver's door is opened.
NOTE
(Manual transaxle)
The starter will not operate unless the clutch is
depressed sufficiently.
(Automatic transaxle)
The starter will not operate if the shift lever is
not in P or N.
5. Turn the ignition switch to the START
position and hold (up to 10 seconds at
a time) until the engine starts.
CAUTION
Do not try the starter for more than
10 seconds at a time. If the engine
stalls or fails to start, wait 10 seconds
before trying again. Otherwise, you
may damage the starter and drain
the battery.
5-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
6. After starting the engine, let it idle for
about 10 seconds.
Turning Off the Engine
1. Stop the vehicle completely.
NOTE
l
In extremely cold weather or after the
2. (Manual transaxle)
Shift into neutral.
vehicle has not been driven in several days,
let the engine warm up without operating
the accelerator.
(Automatic transaxle)
Shift the shift lever to the P position.
l
Whether the engine is cold or warm, it
3. Turn the ignition switch from the ON
to the OFF/LOCK position.
should be started without use of the
accelerator.
l
If the engine does not start the first time,
WARNING
Do not stop the engine while the
vehicle is moving:
refer to Starting a Flooded Engine under
Emergency Starting. If the engine still does
not start, have your vehicle inspected by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer (page 7-17).
Stopping the engine while the vehicle
is moving for any reason other than
in an emergency is dangerous.
Stopping the engine while the vehicle
is moving will result in reduced
maneuverability and braking ability
due to the loss of power steering and
power braking, which could cause an
accident and serious injury.
CAUTION
When leaving the vehicle, make sure
the ignition is switched OFF.
5-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Brake System
WARNING
Do not coast with the engine stalled or
turned off, find a safe place to stop:
Coasting with the engine stalled or
turned off is dangerous. Braking will
require more effort, and the brake's
power-assist could be depleted if you
pump the brake. This will cause
longer stopping distances or even an
accident.
qFoot Brake
Your Mazda has power-assisted brakes
that adjust automatically through normal
use.
Should power-assist fail, you can stop by
applying greater force than normal to the
brake pedal. But the distance required to
stop will be greater than usual.
Shift to a lower gear when going down
steep hills:
Driving with your foot continuously
on the brake pedal or steadily
applying the brakes for long
distances is dangerous. This causes
overheated brakes, resulting in
longer stopping distances or even
total brake failure. This could cause
loss of vehicle control and a serious
accident. Avoid continuous
application of the brakes.
Dry off brakes that have become wet
by driving slowly, releasing the
accelerator pedal and lightly applying
the brakes several times until the brake
performance returns to normal:
Driving with wet brakes is
dangerous. Increased stopping
distance or the vehicle pulling to one
side when braking could result in a
serious accident. Light braking will
indicate whether the brakes have
been affected.
5-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qParking Brake
CAUTION
Ø Do not drive with your foot held
on the clutch pedal or brake pedal,
or hold the clutch pedal depressed
halfway unnecessarily. Doing so
could result in the following:
WARNING
Before leaving the driver's seat, always
turn the key to the OFF/LOCK position,
set the parking brake and make sure
the shift lever is in P with an automatic
transaxle or in 1 or R with a manual
transaxle:
Ø
The clutch and brake parts will
wear out more quickly.
The brakes can overheat and
adversely affect brake
performance.
Ø
It is important to turn the key to the
OFF/LOCK position even if you are
not removing the key from the
ignition or leaving the vehicle.
Leaving the key in other positions
will disable some of the vehicle
security systems and run the battery
down.
Leaving the driver's seat without
switching the ignition to the OFF/
LOCK position, setting the parking
brake and shifting the shift lever to P
with an automatic transaxle, or to 1
or R with a manual transaxle is
dangerous. Unexpected vehicle
movement could occur. This could
cause an accident.
Ø Always depress the brake pedal
with the right foot. Applying the
brakes with the unaccustomed left
foot could slow your reaction time
to an emergency situation
resulting in insufficient braking
operation.
CAUTION
Driving with the parking brake on
will cause excessive wear of the brake
linings or pads.
Ø Wear shoes appropriate for driving
in order to avoid your shoe
NOTE
contacting the brake pedal when
depressing the accelerator pedal.
For parking in snow, refer to Winter Driving
(page 4-8) regarding parking brake use.
5-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Setting the parking brake
qBrake System Warning Light
Depress the brake pedal and then firmly
pull the parking brake lever fully upwards
with sufficient force to hold the vehicle in
a stationary position.
This warning has the following functions:
Brake system warning
Illuminates when there is a malfunction in
the brake switch.
Parking brake warning
The light illuminates when the parking
brake is applied with the ignition switched
to START or ON. It turns off when the
parking brake is fully released.
Releasing the parking brake
Depress the brake pedal and pull the
parking brake lever upwards, then press
the release button. While holding the
button, lower the parking brake lever all
the way down to the released position.
Low brake fluid level warning
If the light stays on after the parking brake
is fully released, you may have a brake
problem.
Drive to the side of the road and park off
the right-of-way.
You may notice that the pedal is harder to
depress or that it may go closer to the
floor. In either case, it will take longer to
stop the vehicle.
1. With the engine stopped, open the
hood and check the brake fluid level
immediately, and then add fluid if
required (page 8-15).
2. After adding fluid, check the light
again.
If the warning light remains on, or if the
brakes do not operate properly, do not
drive the vehicle. Have it towed to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Even if the light turns off have your brake
system inspected as soon as possible by
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
WARNING
Do not rely on ABS as a substitute for
safe driving:
NOTE
The ABS cannot compensate for
unsafe and reckless driving, excessive
speed, tailgating (following another
vehicle too closely), driving on ice and
snow, and hydroplaning (reduced tire
friction and road contact because of
water on the road surface). You can
still have an accident.
Having to add brake fluid is sometimes an
indicator of leakage. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible even if the
brake light is no longer illuminated.
WARNING
Do not drive with the brake system
warning light illuminated. Contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the
brakes inspected as soon as possible:
Driving with the brake system
NOTE
l
Braking distances may be longer on loose
surfaces (snow or gravel, for example)
which usually have a hard foundation. A
vehicle with a normal braking system may
require less distance to stop under these
conditions because the tires will build up a
wedge of surface layer when the wheels
skid.
The sound of the ABS operating may be
heard when starting the engine or
immediately after starting the vehicle.
However, it does not indicate a malfunction.
warning light illuminated is
dangerous. It indicates that your
brakes may not work at all or that
they could completely fail at any
time. If this light remains
illuminated, after checking that the
parking brake is fully released, have
the brakes inspected immediately.
l
qAnti-Lock Brake System (ABS)
The ABS control unit continuously
monitors the speed of each wheel. If one
is about to lock up, the ABS responds by
automatically releasing and reapplying
that wheel's brake.
qABS Warning Light
The driver will feel a slight vibration in
the brake pedal and may hear a chattering
noise from the brake system. This is
normal when the ABS operates. Continue
to depress the brake pedal without
pumping the brakes.
The warning light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON.
5-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
If the ABS warning light stays on while
you're driving, the ABS control unit has
detected a system malfunction. If this
occurs, your brakes will function normally
as if the vehicle had no ABS.
WARNING
Do not drive with both the ABS warning
light and brake warning light
illuminated. Have the vehicle towed to
an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have
the brakes inspected as soon as
possible:
Should this happen, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
NOTE
Driving when the brake system
warning light and ABS warning light
are illuminated simultaneously is
dangerous.
When both lights are illuminated, the
rear wheels could lock more quickly
in an emergency stop than under
normal circumstances.
l
When the engine is jump-started to charge
the battery, uneven rpm occurs and the ABS
warning light may illuminate. If this occurs,
it is the result of the weak battery and does
not indicate an ABS malfunction.
Recharge the battery.
l
The brake assist system does not operate
while the ABS warning light is illuminated.
qBrake Assist
qElectronic Brake Force
During emergency braking situations
when it is necessary to depress the brake
pedal with greater force, the brake assist
system provides braking assistance, thus
enhancing braking performance.
Distribution System Warning
When the brake pedal is depressed hard or
depressed more quickly, the brakes apply
more firmly.
If the electronic brake force distribution
control unit determines that some
components are operating incorrectly, the
control unit may illuminate the brake
system warning light and the ABS
warning light on simultaneously. The
problem is likely to be the electronic
brake force distribution system.
NOTE
l
When the brake pedal is depressed hard or
depressed more quickly, the pedal will feel
softer but the brakes will apply more firmly.
This is a normal effect of the brake assist
operation and does not indicate an
abnormality.
l
When the brake pedal is depressed hard or
depressed more quickly, a motor/pump
operation noise may be heard. This is a
normal effect of the brake assist and does
not indicate an abnormality.
l
The brake assist equipment does not
supersede the functionality of the vehicle's
main braking system.
5-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Manual Transaxle Operation
WARNING
Do not use sudden engine braking on
slippery road surfaces or at high
speeds:
qManual Transaxle Shift Pattern
Shifting down while driving on wet,
snowy, or frozen roads, or while
driving at high speeds causes sudden
engine braking, which is dangerous.
The sudden change in tire speed
could cause the tires to skid. This
could lead to loss of vehicle control
and an accident.
Neutral position
Be sure to leave the shift lever in 1 or R
position and set the parking brake
when leaving the vehicle unattended:
Otherwise the vehicle could move
and cause an accident.
The shift pattern of the transaxle is
conventional, as shown.
Depress the clutch pedal all the way down
while shifting; then release it slowly.
CAUTION
Ø Keep your foot off the clutch pedal
except when shifting gears. Also,
do not use the clutch to hold the
vehicle on an upgrade. Riding the
clutch will cause needless clutch
wear and damage.
A safety feature prevents accidental
shifting from 5 to R (reverse). The shift
lever must be put in neutral before being
shifted to R.
Ø Do not apply any excessive lateral
force to the gear lever when
changing from 5th to 4th gear.
This could lead to the accidental
selection of 2nd gear, which can
result in damage to the transaxle.
Ø Make sure the vehicle comes to a
complete stop before shifting to R.
Shifting to R while the vehicle is
still moving may damage the
transaxle.
NOTE
If shifting to R is difficult, shift back into
neutral, release the clutch pedal, and try
again.
5-10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qRecommendations for Shifting
Upshifting
For normal acceleration, we recommend
these shift points.
Gear
Vehicle speed
21 km/h (13 mph)
1 to 2
2 to 3
3 to 4
4 to 5
39 km/h (24 mph)
55 km/h (34 mph)
78 km/h (49 mph)
For cruising
Gear
1 to 2
Vehicle speed
18 km/h (11 mph)
29 km/h (18 mph)
47 km/h (29 mph)
68 km/h (42 mph)
2 to 3
3 to 4
4 to 5
Downshifting
When you must slow down in heavy
traffic or on a steep upgrade, downshift
before the engine starts to overwork. This
reduces the chance of stalling and gives
better acceleration when you need more
speed.
On a steep downgrade, downshifting
helps maintain safe speed and prolongs
brake life.
5-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Automatic Transaxle Controls
Lock-release button
Various Lockouts:
Indicates that you must depress the brake pedal and hold in the lock-release
button to shift (The ignition must be switched ACC or ON).
Indicates the shift lever can be shifted freely into any position.
Indicates that you must hold in the lock-release button to shift.
CAUTION
qTransaxle Ranges
Ø Shifting into P, N or R while the
vehicle is moving can damage
your transaxle.
Ø Shifting into a driving gear or
reverse when the engine is running
faster than idle can damage the
transaxle.
The shift lever must be in P or N to
operate the starter.
P (Park)
P locks the transaxle and prevents the
front wheels from rotating.
WARNING
Always set the shift lever to P and set
the parking brake:
R (Reverse)
In position R, the vehicle moves only
backward. You must be at a complete stop
before shifting to or from R, except under
rare circumstances as explained in
Rocking the Vehicle (page 4-8).
Only setting the shift lever to the P
position without using the parking
brake to hold the vehicle is
dangerous. If P fails to hold, the
vehicle could move and cause an
accident.
5-12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
N (Neutral)
2 (Second)
In N, the wheels and transaxle are not
locked. The vehicle will roll freely even
on the slightest incline unless the parking
brake or brakes are on.
The 2 position is helpful when driving in
heavy, slow-moving traffic and climbing
hills, for engine braking assist when going
down hills, or for starting on slick
surfaces and other situations where gentle
acceleration may be necessary.
WARNING
If the engine is running faster than idle,
do not shift from N or P into a driving
gear:
Do not exceed 98 km/h (60 mph) in the 2
position.
1 (Low)
It's dangerous to shift from N or P
into a driving gear when the engine
is running faster than idle. If this is
done, the vehicle could move
suddenly, causing an accident or
serious injury.
Use the 1 position for maximum power in
hard-pulling situations, or for climbing
and descending very steep grades.
Do not exceed 43 km/h (26 mph) in the 1
position.
WARNING
Do not use sudden engine braking on
slippery road surfaces or at high
speeds:
Do not shift into N when driving the
vehicle:
Shifting into N while driving is
dangerous. Engine braking cannot be
applied when decelerating which
could lead to an accident or serious
injury.
Shifting down while driving on wet,
snowy, or frozen roads, or while
driving at high speeds causes sudden
engine braking, which is dangerous.
The sudden change in tire speed
could cause the tires to skid. This
could lead to loss of vehicle control
and an accident.
CAUTION
Do not shift into N when driving the
vehicle. Doing so can cause transaxle
damage.
NOTE
qShift-Lock System
Apply the parking brake or depress the brake
pedal before moving the shift lever from N to
prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly.
The shift-lock system prevents shifting
out of P unless the brake pedal is
depressed.
D (Drive)
To shift from P:
D is the normal driving position. From a
stop, the transaxle will automatically shift
through a 4-gear sequence.
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine.
3. Press and hold the lock-release button.
4. Move the shift lever.
5-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
NOTE
To turn it on, push the button again.
l
When the ignition is switched off, the shift
lever cannot be shifted from P.
Shift patterns with overdrive:
D = 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th
2 = 2nd
l
To be sure the vehicle is in park, the
ignition key cannot be removed unless the
shift lever is in P.
1 = 1st
O/D OFF indicator light
qOverdrive
Overdrive operation
In D, the transaxle automatically shifts to
overdrive, which improves fuel economy
and reduces noise.
To allow engine braking when going
down a steep grade, make sure the
overdrive button is in the off position.
This light illuminates when the overdrive
has been turned off.
CAUTION
If the overdrive-off indicator light
flashes, the transaxle has an
Overdrive button
electrical problem. Continuing to
drive your Mazda in this condition
could cause damage to your
transaxle. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
qDriving Tips
WARNING
And for a smoother ride with less shifting,
don't use it when:
Do not allow the vehicle to move in
reverse on an up-slope while the
selector lever is in a forward gear
position, or move forward on a down-
slope while the selector lever is in the
reverse position.
l
Going up a steep grade.
Driving in stop-and-go traffic.
Pulling heavy loads.
l
l
To turn off the overdrive, push the
button.
Otherwise, the engine will stop,
causing the loss of the power brake
and power steering functions, and
make it difficult to control the vehicle
which could result in an accident.
The transaxle will then shift through a 3-
gear sequence in D.
Shift patterns without overdrive:
D = 1st, 2nd, 3rd
2 = 2nd
1 = 1st
5-14
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Passing
Power Steering
For extra power when passing another
vehicle or climbing steep grades, depress
the accelerator fully. The transaxle will
shift to a lower gear, depending on vehicle
speed.
Power steering is only operable when the
engine is running. If the engine is off or if
the power steering system is inoperable,
you can still steer, but it requires more
physical effort.
Climbing steep grades from a stop
If the steering feels stiffer than usual
during normal driving, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
To climb a steep grade from a stopped
position:
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Shift to D or 1, depending on the load
weight and grade steepness.
qPower Steering Malfunction
Indicator Light
3. Release the brake pedal while
gradually accelerating.
Descending steep grades
When descending a steep grade, shift to 2
or 1, depending on load weight and grade
steepness. Descend slowly, using the
brakes only occasionally to prevent them
from overheating.
This indicator light illuminates or flashes
when the ignition is switched ON, and
turns off when the engine is started.
If the light remains illuminated or flashing
after the engine is started, or illuminates
while driving, turn off the engine after
parking in a safe place, and then start the
engine again.
If the light does not illuminate after
restarting the engine, this indicates that
the power steering is restored and normal
steering is possible.
If the light remains illuminated, the power
steering is still inoperable. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
NOTE
Cruise Controlí
l
The power steering system is inoperable
when the power steering malfunction
indicator light illuminates or flashes.
Steering is possible, but requires more
physical effort.
With cruise control, you can set and
automatically maintain any speed of more
than about 30 km/h (19 mph).
l
Repeatedly jerking the steering wheel left
WARNING
Do not use the cruise control under the
following conditions:
and right while the vehicle is stopped or
moving extremely slowly will cause the
power steering system to go into protective
mode which will make the steering feel
heavy, but this does not indicate a
malfunction. If this occurs, park the vehicle
safely and wait a few minutes for the system
to return to normal.
Using the cruise control under the
following conditions is dangerous
and could result in loss of vehicle
control.
Ø Hilly terrain
Ø Steep inclines
Ø Heavy or unsteady traffic
Ø Slippery or winding roads
Ø Similar restrictions that require
inconsistent speed
qCruise Main Indicator Light
(Amber)/Cruise Set Indicator
Light (Green)
The indicator light has two colors.
Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)
The indicator light illuminates amber
when the ON switch is pressed and the
cruise control system is activated.
Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)
The indicator light illuminates green when
a cruising speed has been set.
5-16
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
3. Set the cruise control by pressing the
cruise control SET /SET - switch up
or down at the desired speed. The
cruise control is set at the moment the
cruise control SET /SET - switch is
pressed up or down. Release the
qActivation/Deactivation
To activate the system, press the ON
switch.
To deactivate the system, press the OFF
switch.
accelerator pedal simultaneously.
NOTE
WARNING
l
Release the cruise control switch at the
Always turn off the cruise control
system when it is not in use:
Leaving the cruise control system in
an activation-ready state while the
cruise control is not in use is
desired speed, otherwise the speed will
continue increasing while the switch is
pressed up, and continue decreasing while
it is pressed down (except when the
accelerator pedal is depressed).
dangerous as the cruise control could
unexpectedly activate if the
activation button is accidentally
pressed, and result in loss of vehicle
control and an accident.
l
On a steep grade, the vehicle may
momentarily slow down while ascending,
or speed up while descending.
l
Cruise control will turn off if the vehicle
speed decreases below 25 km/h (16 mph)
when cruise is activated, such as when
climbing a steep grade.
qTo Set Speed
1. Activate the cruise control system by
pressing the ON switch.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed, which
must be more than 30 km/h (19 mph).
5-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
To increase speed using accelerator
pedal
qTo Increase Cruising Speed
Follow either of these procedures.
Depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate
to the desired speed.
Press down or press up on the cruise
control SET /SET - switch and release
it immediately.
To increase speed using cruise control
switch
Press up the cruise control SET
and hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate.
Release the switch at the speed you want.
switch
NOTE
Accelerate if you want to speed up temporarily
when the cruise control is on. Greater speed
will not interfere with or change the set speed.
Take your foot off the accelerator to return to
the set speed.
Your vehicle has a tap-up feature that
allows you to increase your current speed
in increments of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by a
momentary tap of the cruise control SET
switch. Multiple taps will increase
your vehicle speed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) for
each tap.
qTo Decrease Cruising Speed
Press down the cruise control SET -
switch and hold it. The vehicle will
gradually slow.
Release the switch at the speed you want.
5-18
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
l
Your vehicle has a tap-down feature that
allows you to decrease your current speed
in decrements of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by a
momentary tap of the cruise control SET -
switch. Multiple taps will decrease your
vehicle speed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) for each
tap.
Press the CANCEL switch.
qTo Resume Cruising Speed at
More Than 30 km/h (19 mph)
If some other method besides the OFF
switch was used to cancel cruising speed
(such as applying the brake pedal) and the
system is still activated, the most recent
set speed will automatically resume when
the RESUME switch is pressed.
The system turns off when the ignition is
off.
NOTE
If vehicle speed is below 30 km/h (19
mph), increase the vehicle speed up to 30
km/h (19 mph) or more and press the
RESUME switch.
Cruise control will cancel at about 15 km/h (9
mph) below the preset speed (such as may
happen when climbing a long, steep grade).
qTo Cancel
To cancel the system, use one of these
methods:
l
Press the OFF switch.
Slightly depress the brake pedal.
Depress the clutch pedal (Manual
l
l
transaxle only).
5-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qTCS/DSC Indicator Light
Traction Control System
(TCS)
The Traction Control System (TCS)
enhances traction and safety by
controlling engine torque and braking.
When the TCS detects driving wheel
slippage, it lowers engine torque and
operates the brakes to prevent loss of
traction.
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON. If the TCS or DSC is operating, the
indicator light flashes.
This means that on a slick surface, the
engine adjusts automatically to provide
optimum power to the drive wheels,
limiting wheel spin and loss of traction.
If the light stays on, the TCS or DSC may
have a malfunction and they may not
operate correctly. Take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
WARNING
Do not rely on the traction control
system as a substitute for safe driving:
The traction control system (TCS)
cannot compensate for unsafe and
reckless driving, excessive speed,
tailgating (following another vehicle
too closely), and hydroplaning
(reduced tire friction and road
contact because of water on the road
surface). You can still have an
accident.
NOTE
l
In addition to the indicator light flashing, a
slight lugging sound will come from the
engine. This indicates that the TCS is
operating properly.
l
On slippery surfaces, such as fresh snow, it
will be impossible to achieve high rpm
when the TCS is on.
Use snow tires or tire chains and drive
at reduced speeds when roads are
covered with ice and/or snow:
Driving without proper traction
devices on snow and/or ice-covered
roads is dangerous. The traction
control system (TCS) alone cannot
provide adequate traction and you
NOTE
To turn off the TCS, press the DSC OFF switch
(page 5-22).
5-20
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Dynamic Stability Control
(DSC)
CAUTION
Ø The DSC may not operate correctly
unless the following are observed:
The Dynamic Stability Control (DSC)
automatically controls braking and engine
torque in conjunction with systems such
as ABS and TCS to help control side slip
enhancing vehicle safety.
Ø
Ø
Ø
Use tires of the correct size
specified for your Mazda on all
four wheels.
Use tires of the same
manufacturer, brand and tread
pattern on all four wheels.
Do not mix worn tires.
Ø The DSC may not operate correctly
when tire chains are used or a
Refer to ABS (page 5-8) and TCS (page
5-20).
temporary spare tire is installed
because the tire diameter changes.
DSC operation is possible at speeds
greater than 20 km/h (12 mph).
NOTE
After switching the ignition ON, a clicking
sound may be heard behind the dashboard.
This sound is the result of the DSC system self-
check operation and does not indicate an
abnormality.
WARNING
Do not rely on the dynamic stability
control as a substitute for safe driving:
The dynamic stability control (DSC)
cannot compensate for unsafe and
reckless driving, excessive speed,
tailgating (following another vehicle
too closely), and hydroplaning
(reduced tire friction and road
contact because of water on the road
surface). You can still have an
accident.
qTCS/DSC Indicator Light
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON. If the TCS or DSC is operating, the
indicator light flashes.
If the light stays on, the TCS or DSC may
have a malfunction and they may not
operate correctly. Take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
NOTE
l
qDSC OFF Indicator Light
When DSC is on and you attempt to free the
vehicle when it is stuck, or drive it out of
freshly fallen snow, the TCS (part of the
DSC system) will activate. Depressing the
accelerator will not increase engine power
and freeing the vehicle may be difficult.
When this happens, turn off the TCS/DSC.
If the TCS/DSC is off when the engine is
turned off, it automatically activates when
the ignition is switched ON.
l
l
This indicator light stays on for a few
ON.
It also illuminates when the DSC OFF
switch is pressed and TCS/DSC is
switched off (page 5-22).
Leaving the TCS/DSC on will provide the
best stability.
If the light stays on when the TCS/DSC is
not switched off, take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer. The dynamic
stability control may have a malfunction.
qDSC OFF Switch
Press the DSC OFF switch to turn off the
TCS/DSC. The DSC OFF indicator light
will illuminate.
Press the switch again to turn the TCS/
DSC back on. The DSC OFF indicator
light will go out.
5-22
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Tire Pressure Monitoring Systemí
The tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) monitors the pressure for each tire.
If tire pressure is too low in one or more tires, the system will inform the driver via the
warning light in the instrument panel and by the warning beep sound.
The tire pressure sensors installed on each wheel send tire pressure data by radio signal to
the receiver unit in the vehicle.
Tire pressure sensors
NOTE
When the ambient temperature is low due to seasonal changes, tire temperatures are also lower.
When the tire temperature decreases, the air pressure decreases as well. The TPMS warning light
may illuminate more frequently. Visually inspect the tires daily before driving, and check tire
pressures monthly with a tire pressure gauge. When checking tire pressures, use of a digital tire
pressure gauge is recommended.
TPMS does not alleviate your need to check the pressure and condition of all four tires
regularly.
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-23
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
CAUTION
Ø Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold
and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a
different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those
tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure
monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one
or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire
pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as
possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-
inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's
handling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it
is the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-
inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire
pressure telltale.
Ø Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to
indicate when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale.
When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately
one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will
continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to
detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a
variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or
wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always
check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on
your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow
the TPMS to continue to function properly.
Ø To avoid false readings, the system samples for a little while before indicating a
problem. As a result it will not instantaneously register a rapid tire deflation or
blow out.
NOTE
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
5-24
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qTire Pressure Monitoring System
WARNING
Warning Light
If the tire pressure monitoring system
warning light illuminates or flashes, or
the tire pressure warning beep sound is
heard, decrease vehicle speed
immediately and avoid sudden
maneuvering and braking:
If the tire pressure monitoring system
warning light illuminates or flashes,
or the tire pressure warning beep
sound is heard, it is dangerous to
drive the vehicle at high speeds, or
perform sudden maneuvering or
braking. Vehicle drivability could
worsen and result in an accident.
To determine if you have a slow leak
or a flat, pull over to a safe position
where you can check the visual
condition of the tire and determine if
you have enough air to proceed to a
place where air may be added and
the system monitored again by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer or a tire
repair station.
This warning light illuminates for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON.
Thereafter, the warning light illuminates
and a beep is heard when tire pressure is
too low in one or more tires, and flashes
when there is a system malfunction.
Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light:
Ignoring the TPMS warning light is
dangerous, even if you know why it is
illuminated. Have the problem taken
care of as soon as possible before it
develops into a more serious
situation that could lead to tire
failure and a dangerous accident.
Warning light illuminates/Warning
beep sounds
When the warning light illuminates, and
the warning beep sound is heard (about 3
seconds), tire pressure is too low in one or
more tires.
5-25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tire
pressure. Refer to the specification charts
(page 10-6).
NOTE
l
Perform tire pressure adjustment when the
tires are cold. Tire pressure will vary
according to the tire temperature, therefore
let the vehicle stand for 1 hour or only drive
it 1.6 km (1 mile) or less before adjusting
the tire pressures. When pressure is
adjusted on hot tires to the cold inflation
pressure, the TPMS warning light/beep may
turn on after the tires cool and pressure
drops below specification.
CAUTION
When replacing/repairing the tires or
wheels or both, have the work done
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer, or
the tire pressure sensors may be
damaged.
Also, an illuminated TPMS warning light,
resulting from the tire air pressure dropping
due to cold ambient temperature, may turn
off if the ambient temperature rises. In this
case, it will also be necessary to adjust the
tire air pressures. If the TPMS warning
light illuminates due to a drop in tire air
pressure, make sure to check and adjust the
tire air pressures.
l
After adjusting the tire air pressures, it may
require some time for the TPMS warning
light to turn off. If the TPMS warning light
remains illuminated, drive the vehicle at a
speed of at least 25 km/h (16 mph) for 10
minutes, and then verify that it turns off.
Tires lose air naturally over time and the
TPMS cannot tell if the tires are getting too
soft over time or you have a flat. However,
when you find one low tire in a set of four-
that is an indication of trouble; you should
have someone drive the vehicle slowly
forward so you can inspect any low tire for
cuts and any metal objects sticking through
tread or sidewall. Put a few drops of water
in the valve stem to see if it bubbles
l
indicating a bad valve. Leaks need to be
addressed by more than simply refilling the
trouble tire as leaks are dangerous - take it
to an Authorized Mazda Dealer which has
all the equipment to fix tires, TPMS systems
and order the best replacement tire for your
vehicle.
5-26
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
after the tire pressures are adjusted, there
may be a tire puncture. Replace the
punctured tire with the temporary spare
tire (page 7-6).
qTires and Wheels
CAUTION
When inspecting or adjusting the tire
air pressures, do not apply excessive
force to the stem part of the wheel
unit. The stem part could be
damaged.
NOTE
A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the
temporary spare tire. The warning light will
flash continuously while the temporary spare
tire is being used.
Changing tires and wheels
The following procedure allows the
TPMS to recognize a tire pressure sensor's
unique ID signal code whenever tires or
wheels are changed, such as changing to
and from winter tires.
Warning light flashes
When the warning light flashes, there may
be a system malfunction. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
qSystem Error Activation
Each tire pressure sensor has a unique ID
signal code. The signal code must be
registered with the TPMS before it can work.
The easiest way to do it is to have an
Authorized Mazda Dealer change your tire and
complete ID signal code registration.
When the warning light flashes, there may
be a system malfunction. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
A system error activation may occur in
the following cases:
l
When there is equipment or a device
When having tires changed at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer
near the vehicle using the same radio
frequency as that of the tire pressure
sensors.
When an Authorized Mazda Dealer
changes your vehicle's tires, they will
complete the tire pressure sensor ID signal
code registration.
l
When using the following devices in
the vehicle that may cause radio
interference with the receiver unit.
l
A digital device such as a personal
When changing tires yourself
computer.
A current converter device such as a
l
If you or someone else changes tires, you
or someone else can also undertake the
steps for the TPMS to complete the ID
signal code registration.
DC-AC converter.
When excess snow or ice adheres to
l
the vehicle, especially around the
wheels.
When the tire pressure sensor batteries
1. After tires have been changed, switch
the ignition ON, then back to ACC or
OFF.
l
are exhausted.
When using a wheel with no tire
l
pressure sensor installed.
When using tires with steel wire
2. Wait for about 15 minutes.
l
reinforcement in the side walls.
When using tire chains.
l
5-27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
l
3. After about 15 minutes, drive the
vehicle at a speed of at least 25 km/h
(16 mph) for 10 minutes and the tire
pressure sensor ID signal code will be
registered automatically.
A new tire pressure sensor is installed
to a new wheel.
NOTE
l
The tire pressure sensor ID signal code
must be registered when a new tire pressure
sensor is purchased. For purchase of a tire
pressure sensor and registration of the tire
pressure sensor ID signal code, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
When reinstalling a previously removed tire
pressure sensor to a wheel, replace the
grommet (seal between valve body/sensor
and wheel) for the tire pressure sensor.
NOTE
If the vehicle is driven within about 15 minutes
of changing tires, the tire pressure monitoring
system warning light will flash because the
sensor ID signal code would not have been
registered. If this happens, park the vehicle for
about 15 minutes, after which the sensor ID
signal code will register upon driving the
vehicle for 10 minutes.
l
Replacing tires and wheels
CAUTION
Ø When replacing/repairing the tires
or wheels or both, have the work
done by an Authorized Mazda
Dealer, or the tire pressure sensors
may be damaged.
Ø The wheels equipped on your
Mazda are specially designed for
installation of the tire pressure
sensors. Do not use non-genuine
wheels, otherwise it may not be
possible to install the tire pressure
sensors.
Be sure to have the tire pressure sensors
installed whenever tires or wheels are
replaced.
When having a tire or wheel or both
replaced, the following types of tire
pressure sensor installations are possible.
l
The tire pressure sensor is removed
from the old wheel and installed to the
new one.
The same tire pressure sensor is used
l
with the same wheel. Only the tire is
replaced.
5-28
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
Meters and Gauges
Odometer, Trip Meter and Trip Meter Selector .................................................. page 5-30
Fuel Gauge ........................................................................................................ page 5-31
Dashboard Illumination ..................................................................................... page 5-32
Trip Computer and INFO Button ...................................................................... page 5-32
5-29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
qSpeedometer
The speedometer indicates the speed of
the vehicle.
Odometer
qOdometer, Trip Meter and Trip
Meter Selector
The display mode can be changed from
Press the selector
Trip meter A
Trip meter B
odometer to trip meter A to trip meter B
and then back to odometer by pressing the
selector while one of them is displayed.
The selected mode will be displayed.
Press the selector
Press the selector
Selector
NOTE
The odometer and trip meter can be displayed
and the selector can be operated as follows
even when the ignition is switched to ACC or
the ignition is switched off. The trip meter can
be switched/reset by pressing the selector.
l
Displays for approx. 10 minutes after the
ignition is switched to ACC or the ignition
is switched off from ON.
l
Displays for approx. 10 minutes after the
driver's door is opened.
Odometer
When this mode is selected, ODO will be
displayed.
The odometer records the total distance
the vehicle has been driven.
5-30
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
Trip meter
qTachometer
The trip meter can record the total
distance of two trips. One is recorded in
trip meter A, and the other is recorded in
trip meter B.
The tachometer shows engine speed in
thousands of revolutions per minute
(rpm).
Red zone
For instance, trip meter A can record the
distance from the point of origin, and trip
meter B can record the distance from
where the fuel tank is filled.
When trip meter A is selected, pressing
the selector again within one second will
change to trip meter B mode.
When trip meter A is selected, TRIP A
will be displayed. When trip meter B is
selected, TRIP B will be displayed.
CAUTION
Do not run the engine with the
tachometer needle in the RED ZONE.
This may cause severe engine
damage.
The trip meter records the total distance
the vehicle is driven until the meter is
again reset. Return it to “0.0” by holding
the selector depressed for 1 second or
more. Use this meter to measure trip
distances and to compute fuel
qFuel Gauge
consumption.
The fuel gauge shows approximately how
much fuel is remaining in the tank when
the ignition is switched ON.
NOTE
l
Only the trip meters record tenths of
We recommend keeping the tank over 1/4
full.
kilometers (miles).
The trip record will be erased when:
l
l
The power supply is interrupted (blown
fuse or the battery is disconnected).
The vehicle is driven over 999.9 km
l
(mile).
5-31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
If the lowest scale mark and the E are
flashing, it indicates the fuel level is low.
Refuel as soon as possible.
qDashboard Illumination
When the headlight switch is in the
or
position, rotate the knob to adjust
the brightness of the dashboard lights.
Dim
Bright
If only the E is flashing, it indicates the
fuel tank is nearly empty. Refuel
immediately.
NOTE
This symbol ( ) indicates the knob to adjust
the brightness of the dashboard illumination.
If the gauge indicates that the fuel level is
near E, refuel as soon as possible.
q
Trip Computer and INFO Buttoní
The trip computer can display the
following:
NOTE
l
After refueling, it may require some time for
l
The outside temperature.
The current fuel economy.
The average fuel economy.
The approximate distance you can
travel on the available fuel.
The average vehicle speed.
the indicator to stabilize. In addition, the
indicator may deviate while driving on a
slope or curve since the fuel moves in the
l
l
l
tank.
l
The direction of the arrow (
) indicates
l
that the fuel-filler lid is on the left side of
the vehicle.
The ignition must be switched ON.
Press the INFO button to change the
display mode.
If you have any problems with your trip
computer, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
Outside temperature display
This mode displays the outside
temperature.
5-32
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
When this mode is selected,
will be displayed.
U.S.A.
CANADA
NOTE
l
Under the following conditions, the ambient
temperature display may differ from the
actual ambient temperature depending on
the surroundings and vehicle conditions:
l
Significantly cold or hot temperatures.
Sudden changes in ambient temperature.
The vehicle is parked.
l
l
l
The vehicle is driven at low speeds.
l
Press the INFO button for a few seconds or
more to switch the display from Fahrenheit
to Centigrade or vice versa.
When you've slowed to about 5 km/h (3
mph), - - - L/100 km (- - - mpg) will be
displayed.
Current fuel economy mode
This mode displays the current fuel
economy by calculating the amount of
fuel consumption and the distance
traveled.
Average fuel economy mode
This mode displays the average fuel
economy by calculating the total fuel
consumption and the total traveled
distance since purchasing the vehicle, re-
connecting the battery after disconnection,
or resetting the data. The average fuel
economy is calculated and displayed
every minute.
Current fuel economy will be calculated
and displayed every 2 seconds.
When this mode is selected, CONSUM
CUR will be displayed.
When this mode is selected, CONSUM
AV will be displayed.
5-33
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
U.S.A.
When this mode is selected, REMNG will
be displayed.
U.S.A.
CANADA
CANADA
To clear the data being displayed, press
the INFO button for more than 1.5
seconds.
After pressing the INFO button, - - - L/
100 km (- - - mpg) will be displayed for
about 1 minute before the fuel economy is
recalculated and displayed.
NOTE
l
Even though the distance-to-empty display
may indicate a sufficient amount of
remaining mileage before refueling is
required, refuel as soon as possible if the
Fuel gauge graduation nears E or When
the fuel gauge E-mark flashes.
Distance-to-empty mode
This mode displays the approximate
distance you can travel on the remaining
fuel based on the fuel economy.
l
The display will not change unless you add
more than approximately 20 L (5.3 US gal,
4.4 Imp gal) of fuel.
The distance-to-empty will be calculated
and displayed every second.
5-34
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
Average vehicle speed mode
This mode displays the average vehicle
speed by calculating the distance and the
time traveled since connecting the battery
or resetting the data.
Average vehicle speed will be calculated
and displayed every 10 seconds.
When this mode is selected, AV will be
displayed.
U.S.A.
CANADA
To clear the data being displayed, press
the INFO button for more than 1.5
seconds. After pressing the INFO button,
- - - km/h (- - - mile/h) will be displayed
for about 1 minute before the vehicle
speed is recalculated and displayed.
5-35
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Warning/Indicator Lights
Warning/Indicator lights will appear in any of the highlighted areas
Signal
Warning/Indicator Lights
Brake System Warning Light
Page
5-38
5-39
5-40
5-40
5-41
5-38
5-41
Charging System Warning Light
Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light
Check Engine Light
High Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light (Red)
ABS Warning Light
Air Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light
5-36
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Signal
Warning/Indicator Lights
Check Fuel Cap Warning Light
Page
5-42
Seat Belt Warning Light
5-42
5-43
5-43
Door-Ajar Warning Light
Low Washer Fluid Level Warning Light
Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Light
5-44
Security Indicator Light
5-46
5-46
5-46
5-47
5-47
5-47
5-47
5-48
5-48
5-48
Headlight High-Beam Indicator Light
O/D OFF Indicator Light
Shift Position Indicator Light
Low Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Light (Blue)
TCS/DSC Indicator Light
DSC OFF Indicator Light
Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)/Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)
Power Steering Malfunction Indicator Light
Turn Signal/Hazard Warning Indicator Lights
5-37
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Even if the light turns off have your brake
system inspected as soon as possible by
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qBrake System Warning Light
NOTE
Having to add brake fluid is sometimes an
indicator of leakage. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible even if the
brake light is no longer illuminated.
This warning has the following functions:
WARNING
Brake system warning
Do not drive with the brake system
warning light illuminated. Contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the
brakes inspected as soon as possible:
Driving with the brake system
Illuminates when there is a malfunction in
the brake switch.
Parking brake warning
The light illuminates when the parking
brake is applied with the ignition switch
in the START or ON position. It turns off
when the parking brake is fully released.
warning light illuminated is
dangerous. It indicates that your
brakes may not work at all or that
they could completely fail at any
time. If this light remains
Low brake fluid level warning
illuminated, after checking that the
parking brake is fully released, have
the brakes inspected immediately.
If the light stays on after the parking brake
is fully released, you may have a brake
problem.
qABS Warning Light
Drive to the side of the road and park off
the right-of-way.
You may notice that the pedal is harder to
depress or that it may go closer to the
floor. In either case, it will take longer to
stop the vehicle.
1. With the engine stopped, open the
hood and check the brake fluid level
immediately, and then add fluid if
required (page 8-15).
The warning light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON.
2. After adding fluid, check the light
again.
If the warning light remains on, or if the
brakes do not operate properly, do not
drive the vehicle. Have it towed to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-38
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
If the ABS warning light stays on while
WARNING
you're driving, the ABS control unit has
detected a system malfunction. If this
occurs, your brakes will function normally
as if the vehicle had no ABS.
Should this happen, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
Do not drive with both the ABS warning
light and brake warning light
illuminated. Have the vehicle towed to
an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have
the brakes inspected as soon as
possible:
NOTE
Driving when the brake system
warning light and ABS warning light
are illuminated simultaneously is
dangerous.
When both lights are illuminated, the
rear wheels could lock more quickly
in an emergency stop than under
normal circumstances.
l
When the engine is jump-started to charge
the battery, uneven rpm occurs and the ABS
warning light may illuminate. If this occurs,
it is the result of the weak battery and does
not indicate an ABS malfunction.
Recharge the battery.
l
The brake assist system does not operate
while the ABS warning light is illuminated.
qCharging System Warning Light
qElectronic Brake Force
Distribution System Warning
This warning light illuminates when the
ignition is switched ON and turns off
when the engine is started.
If the electronic brake force distribution
control unit determines that some
components are operating incorrectly, the
control unit may illuminate the brake
system warning light and the ABS
warning light on simultaneously. The
problem is likely to be the electronic
brake force distribution system.
If the warning light illuminates while
driving, it indicates a malfunction of the
alternator or of the charging system.
Drive to the side of the road and park off
the right-of-way. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
CAUTION
Do not continue driving when the
charging system warning light is
illuminated because the engine could
stop unexpectedly.
5-39
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
q
Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light
qCheck Engine Light
This warning light illuminates when the
ignition is switched ON and turns off
when the engine is started.
This indicator light illuminates when the
switch is turned and turns off when the
engine is started.
This warning light indicates low engine
oil pressure.
If this light illuminates while driving, the
vehicle may have a problem. It is
important to note the driving conditions
when the light illuminated and consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If the light illuminates while driving:
1. Drive to the side of the road and park
off the right-of-way on level ground.
The check engine light may illuminate in
the following cases:
2. Turn off the engine and wait 5 minutes
for the oil to drain back into the oil
pan.
l
The fuel tank level being very low or
approaching empty.
The engine's electrical system has a
l
3. Inspect the engine oil level (page 8-12).
If it's low, add the appropriate amount
of engine oil while being careful not to
overfill.
problem.
The emission control system has a
l
problem.
If the check engine light remains on or
flashes continuously, do not drive at high
speeds and consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer as soon as possible.
4. Start the engine and check the warning
light.
If the light remains illuminated even after
you add oil, stop the engine immediately
and have your vehicle towed to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
CAUTION
Do not run the engine if the oil
pressure is low. It could result in
extensive engine damage.
5-40
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
q
High Engine Coolant Temperature
Warning Light (Red)
q
Air Bag/Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner System Warning Light
When the ignition is switched ON, the
light illuminates momentarily and then
turns off.
The light flashes when the engine coolant
temperature is extremely high, and
illuminates when the engine coolant
temperature increases further.
If the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner
system is working properly, the warning
light illuminates when the ignition is
switched ON or after the engine is
cranked. The warning light turns off after
a specified period of time.
A system malfunction is indicated if the
warning light constantly flashes,
constantly illuminates or does not
illuminate at all when the ignition is
switched ON. If any of these occur,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as
soon as possible. The system may not
work in an accident.
Handling Procedure
Flashing light
Drive slowly to reduce engine load.
Illuminated light
This indicates the possibility of
overheating. Park the vehicle in a safe
place immediately and take appropriate
measures.
WARNING
Never tamper with the air bag/
pretensioner systems and always have
an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform
all servicing and repairs:
Refer to Overheating (page 7-15).
CAUTION
Do not drive the vehicle with the high
engine coolant temperature warning
light illuminated. Otherwise, it could
result in damage to the engine.
Self-servicing or tampering with the
systems is dangerous. An air bag/
pretensioner could accidentally
activate or become disabled causing
serious injury or death.
5-41
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Conditions of operation
qCheck Fuel Cap Warning Light
Condition
Result
The warning light
flashes and a beep
sound will be heard
for about 6 seconds.
The driver's seat belt is not
fastened when the ignition is
switched ON.
The driver's seat belt is
fastened while the warning
light and the beep sound are
activated.
The warning light
turns off and the beep
sound stops.
This warning light illuminates for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON.
The warning light will
not illuminate and the
beep sound will not be
heard.
The driver's seat belt is
fastened before the ignition
is switched ON.
If the check fuel cap warning light
Belt minder
illuminates while driving, the fuel-filler
cap may not be installed properly. Stop
the engine and reinstall the fuel-filler cap.
Refer to the fuel-filler cap on page 3-19.
NOTE
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer to
deactivate or restore the belt minder. Though
the belt minder can be deactivated, doing so
will defeat the purpose of the system to warn
the driver and the front passenger in the event
that their seat belts are not fastened. For the
safety of the driver and front passenger, Mazda
recommends not deactivating the belt minder.
qSeat Belt Warning Light/Beep
Driver's seat
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened and
the vehicle is driven at a speed faster than
about 20 km/h (12 mph), the warning
light will flash and a beep sound will be
heard.
The seat belt warning light illuminates
and a beep sound will be heard if the
driver's seat belt is not fastened when the
ignition is switched ON.
Once the beep sound is heard, it continues
sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers
to 20 km/h (12 mph) or less until the seat
belt is fastened or the beep sound period
has passed.
5-42
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Front passenger seat
NOTE
l
To allow the front passenger seat weight
If the front passenger seat belt is not
fastened while the ignition is switched
ON, the driver and the passenger will be
informed by the warning light.
sensor to function properly, do not place
and sit on an additional seat cushion on the
front passenger seat. The sensor may not
function properly because the additional
seat cushion could cause sensor
interference.
l
When a small child sits on the front
passenger seat, it is possible that neither
the warning light nor the warning beep
operate.
qDoor-Ajar Warning Light
If the front passenger seat belt is not
fastened and the vehicle is driven at a
speed faster than about 20 km/h (12 mph),
the warning light will flash and a beep
sound will be heard.
Placing heavy items on the front
passenger seat may cause the front
passenger seat belt warning function to
operate depending on the weight of the
item.
Once the beep sound is heard, it continues
sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers
to 20 km/h (12 mph) or less until the seat
belt is fastened or the beep sound period
has passed.
This warning light illuminates when any
door or liftgate is not securely closed.
Close the door or liftgate securely before
driving the vehicle.
qLow Washer Fluid Level
Warning Lightí
This warning light indicates that little
washer fluid remains. Add fluid (page
8-18).
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-43
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
qTire Pressure Monitoring System
WARNING
(TPMS) Warning Lightí
If the tire pressure monitoring system
warning light illuminates or flashes, or
the tire pressure warning beep sound is
heard, decrease vehicle speed
immediately and avoid sudden
maneuvering and braking:
If the tire pressure monitoring system
warning light illuminates or flashes,
or the tire pressure warning beep
sound is heard, it is dangerous to
drive the vehicle at high speeds, or
perform sudden maneuvering or
braking. Vehicle drivability could
worsen and result in an accident.
To determine if you have a slow leak
or a flat, pull over to a safe position
where you can check the visual
condition of the tire and determine if
you have enough air to proceed to a
place where air may be added and
the system monitored again by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer or a tire
repair station.
This warning light illuminates for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON.
Thereafter, the warning light illuminates
and a beep is heard when tire pressure is
too low in one or more tires, and flashes
when there is a system malfunction.
Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light:
Ignoring the TPMS warning light is
dangerous, even if you know why it is
illuminated. Have the problem taken
care of as soon as possible before it
develops into a more serious
situation that could lead to tire
failure and a dangerous accident.
Warning light illuminates/Warning
beep sounds
When the warning light illuminates, and
the warning beep sound is heard (about 3
seconds), tire pressure is too low in one or
more tires.
5-44
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tire
pressure. Refer to the specification charts
(page 10-6).
NOTE
l
Perform tire pressure adjustment when the
tires are cold. Tire pressure will vary
according to the tire temperature, therefore
let the vehicle stand for 1 hour or only drive
it 1.6 km (1 mile) or less before adjusting
the tire pressures. When pressure is
adjusted on hot tires to the cold inflation
pressure, the TPMS warning light/beep may
turn on after the tires cool and pressure
drops below specification.
CAUTION
When replacing/repairing the tires or
wheels or both, have the work done
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer, or
the tire pressure sensors may be
damaged.
Also, an illuminated TPMS warning light,
resulting from the tire air pressure dropping
due to cold ambient temperature, may turn
off if the ambient temperature rises. In this
case, it will also be necessary to adjust the
tire air pressures. If the TPMS warning
light illuminates due to a drop in tire air
pressure, make sure to check and adjust the
tire air pressures.
l
After adjusting the tire air pressures, it may
require some time for the TPMS warning
light to turn off. If the TPMS warning light
remains illuminated, drive the vehicle at a
speed of at least 25 km/h (16 mph) for 10
minutes, and then verify that it turns off.
Tires lose air naturally over time and the
TPMS cannot tell if the tires are getting too
soft over time or you have a flat. However,
when you find one low tire in a set of four-
that is an indication of trouble; you should
have someone drive the vehicle slowly
forward so you can inspect any low tire for
cuts and any metal objects sticking through
tread or sidewall. Put a few drops of water
in the valve stem to see if it bubbles
l
indicating a bad valve. Leaks need to be
addressed by more than simply refilling the
trouble tire as leaks are dangerous - take it
to an Authorized Mazda Dealer which has
all the equipment to fix tires, TPMS systems
and order the best replacement tire for your
vehicle.
5-45
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
after the tire pressures are adjusted, there
may be a tire puncture. Replace the
punctured tire with the temporary spare
tire (page 7-6).
qHeadlight High-Beam Indicator
Light
NOTE
A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the
temporary spare tire. The warning light will
flash continuously while the temporary spare
tire is being used.
This light indicates one of two things:
l
The high-beam headlights are on.
Warning light flashes
l
The turn signal lever is in the flash-to-
When the warning light flashes, there may
be a system malfunction. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
pass position.
qO/D OFF Indicator Light
(Automatic Transaxle)
qSecurity Indicator Light
This light illuminates when the overdrive
has been turned off.
This indicator light starts flashing every 2
seconds when the ignition is switched
from ON to ACC and the immobilizer
system is armed.
CAUTION
If the overdrive-off indicator light
flashes, the transaxle has an
electrical problem. Continuing to
drive your Mazda in this condition
could cause damage to your
transaxle. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
The light stops flashing when the ignition
is switched ON with the correct ignition
key.
At this time, the immobilizer system is
disarmed and the light illuminates for
about 3 seconds and then turns off.
If the engine does not start with the
correct ignition key, and the security
indicator light keeps illuminating or
flashing, the system may have a
malfunction. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
5-46
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
qShift Position Indicator Light
qTCS/DSC Indicator Light
(Automatic Transaxle)
This indicates the selected shift position
when the ignition is switched to ON.
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON. If the TCS or DSC is operating, the
indicator light flashes.
Shift Position Indicator Light
q
Low Engine Coolant Temperature
Indicator Light (Blue)
If the light stays on, the TCS or DSC may
have a malfunction and they may not
operate correctly. Take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qDSC OFF Indicator Light
When the ignition is switched ON, the
light illuminates momentarily and then
turns off.
The light illuminates continuously when
the engine coolant temperature is low.
This indicator light stays on for a few
ON.
It also illuminates when the DSC OFF
switch is pressed and TCS/DSC is
switched off (page 5-22).
NOTE
If the low engine coolant temperature indicator
light remains illuminated after the engine has
been sufficiently warmed up, the temperature
sensor could have a malfunction. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If the light stays on when the TCS/DSC is
not switched off, take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer. The dynamic
stability control may have a malfunction.
5-47
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
If the light remains illuminated or flashing
qCruise Main Indicator Light
(Amber)/Cruise Set Indicator
Light (Green)í
after the engine is started, or illuminates
while driving, turn off the engine after
parking in a safe place, and then start the
engine again.
If the light does not illuminate after
restarting the engine, this indicates that
the power steering is restored and normal
steering is possible.
If the light remains illuminated, the power
steering is still inoperable. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
The indicator light has two colors.
Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)
NOTE
l
The power steering system is inoperable
The indicator light illuminates amber
when the ON switch is pressed and the
cruise control system is activated.
when the power steering malfunction
indicator light illuminates or flashes.
Steering is possible, but requires more
physical effort.
Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)
l
Repeatedly jerking the steering wheel left
The indicator light illuminates green when
a cruising speed has been set.
and right while the vehicle is stopped or
moving extremely slowly will cause the
power steering system to go into protective
mode which will make the steering feel
heavy, but this does not indicate a
qPower Steering Malfunction
Indicator Light
malfunction. If this occurs, park the vehicle
safely and wait a few minutes for the system
to return to normal.
qTurn Signal/Hazard Warning
Indicator Lights
This indicator light illuminates or flashes
when the ignition is switched ON, and
turns off when the engine is started.
When operating the turn signal lights, the
left or right turn signal indicator light
flashes to indicate which turn signal light
is operating (page 5-54).
5-48
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
When operating the hazard warning
lights, both turn signal indicator lights
flash (page 5-60).
Beep Sounds
q
Air Bag/Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner System Warning Beep
NOTE
If an indicator light remains illuminated (does
not flash) or if it flashes abnormally, one of the
turn signal bulbs may be burned out.
If a malfunction is detected in the air bag/
front seat belt pretensioner systems and
the warning light, a warning beep sound
will be heard for about 5 seconds every
minute.
The air bag and seat belt pretensioner
system warning beep sound will continue
to be heard for approximately 35 minutes.
Have your vehicle inspected at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
WARNING
Do not drive the vehicle with the air
bag/front seat belt pretensioner system
warning beep sounding:
Driving the vehicle with the air bag/
front seat belt pretensioner system
warning beep sounding is dangerous.
In a collision, the air bags and the
front seat belt pretensioner system
will not deploy and this could result
in death or serious injury.
Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer
to have the vehicle inspected as soon
as possible.
5-49
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
qSeat Belt Warning Beep
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition is switched ON, a beep
sound will be heard for about 6 seconds.
If the driver or the front passenger's seat
belt is not fastened and the vehicle is
km/h (12 mph), a beep sound will be
heard again for a specified period of time.
Refer to Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep on
page 5-42.
qIgnition Key Reminder
If the ignition is switched off or the
ignition is switched to ACC with the key
inserted, a continuous beep sound will be
heard when the driver's door is opened.
qLights-On Reminder
If lights are on and the key is removed
from the ignition switch, a continuous
beep sound will be heard when the
driver's door is opened.
qTire Inflation Pressure Warning
Beepí
The warning beep sound will be heard for
about 3 seconds when there is any
abnormality in tire inflation pressures
(page 5-23).
5-50
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
With AUTO position
Lighting Control
qHeadlights
Turn the headlight switch to turn the
headlights, other exterior lights and
dashboard illumination on or off.
NOTE
To prevent discharging the battery, do not
leave the lights on while the engine is off
unless safety requires them.
Without AUTO position
Switch Position
Headlights
Off
Off
Off
On
On
On
Taillights
Parking lights
License lights
Side-marker
lights
Auto
Dashboard
illumination
AUTO (Auto-light control)
When the headlight switch is in the
AUTO position and the ignition is
switched ON, the light sensor senses the
surrounding lightness or darkness and
automatically turns the headlights, other
exterior lights and dashboard illumination
on or off (see chart above).
Switch Position
Headlights
Off
Off
Off
On
On
On
Taillights
Parking lights
License lights
Side-marker lights
Dashboard
illumination
5-51
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
NOTE
CAUTION
l
The headlights, other exterior lights and
dashboard illumination may not turn off
immediately even if the surrounding area
becomes well-lit because the light sensor
determines that it is nighttime if the
surrounding area is continuously dark for
several minutes such as inside long tunnels,
traffic jams inside tunnels, or in indoor
parking lots.
Ø Do not shade the light sensor by
adhering a sticker or a label on
the windshield. Otherwise the light
sensor will not operate correctly.
Light sensor
In this case, the light turns off if the light
switch is turned to the OFF position.
The dashboard illumination can be
adjusted by rotating the knob in the
can be changed by pressing the knob. To
adjust the brightness of the dashboard
illumination: Refer to Dashboard
Illumination on page 5-32.
The sensitivity of the AUTO lights may be
changed by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
10-8.
l
Ø The light sensor also works as a
rain sensor for the auto-wiper
control. Keep hands and scrapers
clear of the windshield when the
wiper lever is in the AUTO position
and the ignition is switched ON as
fingers could be pinched or the
wipers and wiper blades damaged
when the wipers activate
l
qLights-On Reminder
If lights are on and the key is removed
from the ignition switch, a continuous
beep sound will be heard when the
driver's door is opened.
automatically. If you are going to
clean the windshield, be sure the
wipers are turned off completely
― this is particularly important
when clearing ice and snow ―
when it is particularly tempting to
leave the engine running.
5-52
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
qHeadlight High-Low Beam
q
Daytime Running Lights (Canada)
Press the lever forward to turn on the high
beams.
Pull the lever back to its original position
for the low beams.
In Canada, vehicles must be driven with
the headlights on during daytime
operation.
For that reason, the daytime running lights
automatically turn on when the ignition is
switched ON.
NOTE
High beam
Low beam
The Daytime Running Lights turn off when the
parking brake is applied.
qFlashing the Headlights
To flash the headlights, pull the lever fully
towards you (the headlight switch does
not need to be on). The lever will return to
the normal position when released.
OFF
Flashing
5-53
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
Fog Lightsí
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals
Use this switch to turn on the fog lights.
They help you to see as well as to be seen.
Turn Signals
Move the signal lever down (for a left
turn) or up (for a right turn) to the stop
position. The signal will self-cancel after
the turn is completed.
To turn the fog lights on, rotate the fog
light switch to the
position.
The headlight switch must be in the
position before turning on the fog lights.
If the indicator light continues to flash
after a turn, manually return the lever to
its original position.
Right turn
Right lane change
OFF
Fog light switch
Left lane change
Left turn
To turn them off, rotate the fog light
switch to the OFF position or turn the
headlight switch to the
position.
or OFF
Green indicators on the dashboard show
which signal is working.
NOTE
l
The fog lights will turn off when the
headlights are set at high beam.
(With auto-light control)
Lane-change signals
l
Move the lever slightly toward the
direction of the change ―until the
indicator flashes― and hold it there. It
will return to the off position when
released.
If the fog light switch is in the ON position
and the headlight switch is in the AUTO
position, the fog lights will be turned on
when the headlights, the exterior lights and
dashboard illumination are automatically
turned on.
NOTE
If an indicator light stays on without flashing
or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn
signal bulbs may be burned out.
5-54
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
NOTE
Windshield Wipers and
Washer
Because heavy ice and snow can jam the wiper
blades, the wiper motor is protected from
motor breakdown, overheating and possible
fire by a circuit breaker. This mechanism will
automatically stop operation of the blades, but
only for about 5 minutes.
If this happens, turn off the wiper switch and
park off the right-of-way, and remove the snow
and ice.
After 5 minutes, turn on the switch and the
blades should operate normally. If they do not
resume functioning, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible. Drive to
the side of the road and park off the right-of-
way. Wait until the weather clears before trying
to drive with the wipers inoperative.
The ignition must be switched ON.
WARNING
Use only windshield washer fluid or
plain water in the reservoir:
Using radiator antifreeze as washer
fluid is dangerous. If sprayed on the
windshield, it will dirty the
windshield, affect your visibility, and
could result in an accident.
Only use windshield washer fluid
mixed with anti-freeze protection in
freezing weather conditions:
Using windshield washer fluid
without anti-freeze protection in
freezing weather conditions is
dangerous as it could freeze on the
windshield and block your vision
which could cause an accident.
In addition, make sure the
qWindshield Wipers
Turn the wipers on by pressing the lever
up or down.
With INT position
windshield is sufficiently warmed
using the defroster before spraying
the washer fluid.
Switch
Wiper operation
Position
Single wipe cycle (mist)
Intermittent
Low speed
High speed
5-55
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
With AUTO position
The sensitivity of the rain sensor can be
adjusted by turning the switch on the
wiper lever.
From the center position (normal), rotate
the switch downward for higher
sensitivity (faster response) or rotate it
upward for less sensitivity (slower
response).
Higher sensitivity
Switch
Center
position
Switch
Wiper operation
Position
Single wipe cycle (mist)
Auto control
Less sensitivity
Low speed
High speed
CAUTION
Ø Do not shade the rain sensor by
adhering a sticker or a label on
the windshield. Otherwise the rain
sensor will not operate correctly.
AUTO (Auto-wiper control)
When the wiper lever is in the AUTO
position, the rain sensor senses the
amount of rainfall on the windshield and
turns the wipers on or off automatically
(off―intermittent―low speed―high
speed).
Rain sensor
5-56
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
Ø When the wiper lever is in the
AUTO position and the ignition is
switched ON, the wipers may
move automatically in the
following cases:
NOTE
l
Switching the auto-wiper lever from the
OFF to the AUTO position while driving at
a vehicle speed of 4 km/h (2 mph) or higher
(or after driving the vehicle) activates the
windshield wipers once, after which they
operate according to the rainfall amount.
The auto-wiper control may not operate
when the rain sensor temperature is about
Ø
If the windshield above the rain
sensor is touched or wiped with
a cloth.
If the windshield is struck with
a hand or other object from
either outside or inside the
vehicle.
l
l
Ø
_
10 °C (14 °F) or lower, or about 85 °C
(185 °F) or higher.
If the windshield is coated with water
repellent, the rain sensor may not be able to
sense the amount of rainfall correctly and
auto-wiper control may not operate
properly.
Keep hands and scrapers clear of
the windshield when the wiper
lever is in the AUTO position and
the ignition is switched ON as
fingers could be pinched or the
wipers and wiper blades damaged
when the wipers activate
l
If dirt or foreign matter (Such as ice or
matter containing salt water) adheres to the
windshield above the rain sensor or if the
windshield is iced, it could cause the wipers
to move automatically. However, if the
wipers cannot remove this ice, dirt or
foreign matter, the auto-wiper control will
stop operation. In this case, set the wiper
lever to the low speed position or high
speed position for manual operation, or
remove the ice, dirt or foreign matter by
hand to restore the auto-wiper operation.
If the auto-wiper lever is left in the AUTO
position, the wipers could operate
automatically.
If you are going to clean the
windshield, be sure the wipers are
turned off completely―this is
particularly important when
clearing ice and snow―when it is
most likely that the engine is left
running.
l
automatically from the effect of strong light
sources, electromagnetic waves, or infrared
light because the rain sensor uses an
optical sensor. It is recommended that the
auto-wiper lever be switched to the OFF
position other than when driving the vehicle
under rainy conditions.
5-57
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
qWindshield Washer
Rear Window Wiper and
Washer
Pull the lever toward you and hold it to
spray washer fluid.
The ignition must be switched ON.
qRear Window Wiper
OFF
Washer
NOTE
With the wiper lever in the OFF or intermittent
position/AUTO position, the wipers will
released.
Turn the wiper on by turning the rear
wiper/washer switch.
If the washer does not work, inspect the
fluid level (page 8-18). If it's normal,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qRear Window Washer
To spray washer fluid, turn the rear wiper/
washer switch to the
position. After
the switch is released, the washer will
stop.
If the washer does not work, inspect the
fluid level (page 8-18). If it's normal and
the washer still does not work, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-58
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
qMirror Defrosterí
Rear Window Defrosterí
To turn on the mirror defrosters, switch
the ignition ON and press the rear window
defroster switch (page 5-59).
The rear window defroster clears frost,
fog, and thin ice from the rear window.
The ignition must be switched ON.
Press the switch to turn on the rear
window defroster. The rear window
defroster operates for about 15 minutes
and turns off automatically.
The indicator light illuminates during
operation.
To turn off the rear window defroster
before the 15 minutes has elapsed, press
the switch again.
Indicator light
CAUTION
Do not use sharp instruments or
window cleaners with abrasives to
clean the inside of the rear window
surface. They may damage the
defroster grid inside the window.
NOTE
This defroster is not designed for melting snow.
If there is an accumulation of snow on the rear
window, remove it before using the defroster.
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-59
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
Horn
Hazard Warning Flasher
To sound the horn, press the
the steering wheel.
mark on
The hazard warning lights should always
be used when you stop on or near a
roadway in an emergency.
The hazard warning lights warn other
drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard
and that they must take extreme caution
when near it.
Depress the hazard warning flasher and all
the turn signals will flash.
NOTE
l
The turn signals do not work when the
hazard warning lights are on.
l
Check local regulations about the use of
hazard warning lights while the vehicle is
being towed to verify that it is not in
violation of the law.
5-60
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
6
system.
Climate Control System ............................................................... 6-2
Operating Tips ........................................................................... 6-2
Antenna ..................................................................................... 6-9
Operating Tips for Audio System ........................................... 6-10
Audio Set ................................................................................ 6-19
Audio Control Switch Operationí ......................................... 6-33
Sunvisors ................................................................................. 6-38
Bottle Holder ........................................................................... 6-40
Storage Compartments ............................................................ 6-41
Accessory Socket .................................................................... 6-42
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6-1
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
qParking in Direct Sunlight
Operating Tips
If the vehicle has been parked in direct
sunlight during hot weather, open the
windows to let warm air escape, then run
the climate control system.
qOperating the Climate Control
System
Operate the climate control system with
the engine running.
qNot Using for a Long Period
NOTE
Run the air conditioner about 10 minutes
at least once a month to keep internal
parts lubricated.
To prevent the battery from being discharged,
do not leave the fan control dial on for a long
period of time with the ignition switched ON
when the engine is not running.
qCheck the Refrigerant before the
Weather Gets Hot
qClearing the Air Inlet
Have the air conditioner checked before
the weather gets hot. Lack of refrigerant
may make the air conditioner less
efficient. Consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer for refrigerant inspection.
Clear all obstructions such as leaves,
snow and ice from the hood and the air
inlet in the cowl grille to improve the
system efficiency.
qFoggy Windows
The air conditioner is filled with
HFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that will
not damage the ozone layer.
If the air conditioner is low on refrigerant
or has a malfunction, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
The windows may fog up easily in humid
weather. Use the climate control system to
defog the windows.
To help defog the windows, operate the
air conditioner to dehumidify the air.
q
Replacement of the Cabin Air Filter
NOTE
The air conditioner may be used along with the
heater to dehumidify the air.
filter for the air conditioner, it is necessary
to change the filter periodically as
indicated in scheduled maintenance (page
8-3). Consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer for replacement of the cabin air
filter.
qOutside/Recirculated Air Position
Use the outside air position in normal
conditions. The recirculated air position
should be used only when driving on
dusty roads or for quick cooling of the
interior.
6-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Vent Operation
2. Rotate the air vent left and right to
adjust the direction of airflow.
qAdjusting the Vents
Directing airflow
1. Press the upper part of the air vent to
open it.
NOTE
When using the air conditioner under humid
ambient temperature conditions, the system
may blow fog from the vents. This is not a sign
of trouble but a result of humid air being
suddenly cooled.
6-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Manual Typeí
Rear window defroster switch
A/C switch
Temperature control dial
Fan control dial
Mode selector dial
Air intake selector
Some models.
Fan control dial
qControl Switches
Temperature control dial
Cold
Hot
This dial allows variable fan speeds.
0―Fan off
1―Low speed
2―Medium low speed
3―Medium high speed
4―High speed
This dial controls temperature. Turn it
clockwise for hot and counterclockwise
for cold.
íSome models.
6-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Mode selector dial
Press the A/C switch to turn the air
conditioner on. The indicator light on the
switch will illuminate when the fan
control dial is set at position 1, 2, 3, or 4.
Press the switch once again to turn the air
conditioner off.
NOTE
The air conditioner may not function when the
outside temperature approaches 0 °C (32 °F).
Turn the mode selector dial to select
airflow mode (page 6-4).
Air intake selector
NOTE
l
The mode selector dial can be set at the
intermediate positions (
or
)
between each mode. Set the dial to an
intermediate position if you want to slightly
adjust the airflow amount.
l
l
l
For example, when the mode selector dial is
at the
positions, airflow from the floor vent is less
than that of the position.
position between the
and
This lever controls the source of air
entering the vehicle.
When the mode selector dial is in the
position, use the air intake
It is recommended that under normal
conditions the lever be kept in the outside
air position.
selector in the
mode).
position (outside air
The
the front occupants to switch the air intake
selector lever to the position (outside
air mode), while the mode selector dial is
turned to the or position, to speed
indication is designed to inform
Outside air position (
)
Outside air is taken into the vehicle. Use
this position for normal ventilation and
heating.
defogging of the windshield.
Recirculated air position (
)
í
A/C switch
Outside air is shut off. Air within the
vehicle is recirculated.
This position can be used when driving on
a dusty road or in similar conditions. It
also helps to provide quicker cooling of
the interior.
6-6
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
3. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
WARNING
Do not use the
position in cold or
4. Turn on the air conditioner by pressing
the A/C switch.
rainy weather:
Using the
position in cold or
rainy weather is dangerous as it will
cause the windows to fog up. Your
vision will be hampered, which could
lead to a serious accident.
5. Adjust the fan control dial and
temperature control dial to maintain
maximum comfort.
CAUTION
qHeating
If the air conditioner is used while
driving up long hills or in heavy
traffic, monitor the engine coolant
temperature warning light to see if it
is illuminated or flashing (page 5-41).
The air conditioner may cause engine
overheating. If the warning light is
illuminated or flashing, turn the air
conditioning off (page 7-15).
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
position.
2. Set the air intake selector to the
position.
3. Set the temperature control dial to the
hot position.
4. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
NOTE
l
When maximum cooling is desired, set the
temperature control dial to the extreme cold
position and set the air intake selector to
5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn
on the air conditioner.
the
position, then set the fan control
NOTE
l
dial to position 4.
If the windshield fogs up easily, set the
l
l
If warmer air is desired at floor level, set
mode selector dial to the
position.
If cooler air is desired at face level, set the
mode selector dial at the position and
l
the mode selector dial at the
position
and adjust the temperature control dial to
maintain maximum comfort.
The air to the floor is warmer than air to
the face (except when the temperature
control dial is set at the extreme hot or cold
position).
adjust the temperature control dial to
maintain maximum comfort.
The air to the floor is warmer than air to
the face (except when the temperature
control dial is set at the extreme hot or cold
position).
l
qVentilation
qCooling (With Air Conditioner)í
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
position.
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
position.
2. Set the air intake selector to the
position.
2. Set the temperature control dial to the
cold position.
3. Set the temperature control dial to the
desired position.
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6-7
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
4. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
qDehumidifying (With Air
Conditioner)í
Operate the air conditioner in cool or cold
weather to help defog the windshield and
side windows.
q
Windshield Defrosting and Defogging
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
position.
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
desired position.
2. Set the air intake selector to the
position.
2. Set the air intake selector to the
position.
3. Set the temperature control dial to the
desired position.
3. Set the temperature control dial to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
4. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn
on the air conditioner.
5. Turn on the air conditioner by pressing
the A/C switch.
WARNING
NOTE
Do not defog the windshield using the
position with the temperature
control set to the cold position:
One of the functions of the air conditioner is
dehumidifying the air and, to use this function,
the temperature does not have to be set to cold.
Therefore, set the temperature control dial to
the desired position (hot or cold) and turn on
the air conditioner when you want to
dehumidify the cabin air.
Using the
position with the
temperature control set to the cold
position is dangerous as it will cause
the outside of the windshield to fog
up. Your vision will be hampered,
which could lead to a serious
accident. Set the temperature control
to the hot or warm position when
using the
position.
NOTE
l
l
For maximum defrosting, turn on the air
conditioner, set the temperature control dial
to the extreme hot position and the fan
control dial to position 4.
If warm air is desired at the floor, set the
mode selector dial to the
position.
6-8
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Antenna
CAUTION
Ø When entering a garage or other
area with a low clearance where
the antenna could be hit, lower
the antenna to prevent it being
damaged.
qDetachable/Collapsible Type
When using the radio, move the antenna
to the position indicated in the figure.
Ø When tilting the antenna down,
hold its base and make sure that
the antenna does not contact the
roof. Otherwise, it could cause
damage to the roof.
Ø Do not drive the vehicle with the
antenna tilted down, as it could
vibrate against the roof resulting
in damage to the roof.
Ø When using an automatic car
wash facility, also remove the
antenna.
Ø Be careful around the antenna
when removing snow from the
roof. Otherwise the antenna could
be damaged.
To remove the antenna, turn it
counterclockwise.
To install the antenna, turn it clockwise.
Make sure the antenna is securely
installed.
NOTE
Remove
When leaving your vehicle unattended, we
recommend that you remove the antenna and
store it inside the vehicle.
Install
6-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qRadio Reception
Operating Tips for Audio
System
AM characteristics
AM signals bend around such things as
buildings or mountains and bounce off the
ionosphere. Therefore, they can reach
longer distances than FM signals. Because
of this, two stations may sometimes be
picked up on the same frequency at the
same time.
WARNING
Do not adjust the audio control
switches while driving the vehicle:
Adjusting the audio while driving the
vehicle is dangerous as it could
distract your attention from the
vehicle operation which could lead to
a serious accident. Always adjust the
audio while the vehicle is stopped.
Even if the audio control switches are
equipped on the steering wheel, learn
to use the switches without looking
down at them so that you can keep
your maximum attention on the road
while driving the vehicle.
Ionosphere
Station 1
Station 2
FM characteristics
An FM broadcast range is usually about
40―50 km (25―30 miles) from the
source. Because of extra coding needed to
break the sound into two channels, stereo
FM has even less range than monaural
(non-stereo) FM.
CAUTION
For the purposes of safe driving,
adjust the audio volume to a level
that allows you to hear sounds
outside of the vehicle including car
horns and particularly emergency
vehicle sirens.
FM Station
NOTE
l
To prevent the battery from being
40—50km
(25—30 miles)
discharged, do not leave the audio system
on for a long period of time when the
engine is not running.
l
If a cellular phone or CB radio is used in
or near the vehicle, it could cause noise to
occur from the audio system, however, this
does not indicate that the system has been
damaged.
6-10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Signals from an FM transmitter are similar
to beams of light because they do not
bend around corners, but they do reflect.
Unlike AM signals, FM signals cannot
travel beyond the horizon. Therefore, FM
stations cannot be received at the great
distances possible with AM reception.
Flutter/Skip noise
Signals from an FM transmitter move in
straight lines and become weak in valleys
between tall buildings, mountains, and
other obstacles. When a vehicle passes
through such an area, the reception
conditions may change suddenly, resulting
in annoying noise.
Ionosphere
FM wave
AM wave
FM wave
100—200 km (60—120 miles)
Atmospheric conditions can also affect
FM reception. High humidity will cause
poor reception. However, cloudy days
may provide better reception than clear
days.
Weak signal noise
In suburban areas, broadcast signals
become weak because of distance from
the transmitter. Reception in such fringe
areas is characterized by sound breakup.
Multipath noise
Since FM signals can be reflected by
obstructions, it is possible to receive both
the direct signal and the reflected signal at
the same time. This causes a slight delay
in reception and may be heard as a broken
sound or a distortion. This problem may
also be encountered when in close
proximity to the transmitter.
Reflected wave
Direct
6-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Strong signal noise
qOperating Tips for CD Player
This occurs very close to a transmitter
tower. The broadcast signals are
extremely strong, so the result is noise and
sound breakup at the radio receiver.
Condensation phenomenon
Immediately after turning on the heater
when the vehicle is cold, the CD or
optical components (prism and lens) in the
CD player may become clouded with
condensation. At this time, the CD will
eject immediately when placed in the unit.
A clouded CD can be corrected simply by
wiping it with a soft cloth. Clouded
optical components will clear naturally in
about an hour. Wait for normal operation
to return before attempting to use the unit.
Station drift noise
Handling the CD player
When a vehicle reaches the area of two
strong stations broadcasting at similar
frequencies, the original station may be
temporarily lost and the second station
picked up. At this time there will be some
noise from this disturbance.
The following precautions should be
observed.
l
Do not spill any liquid on the audio
system.
Station 2
88.3 MHz
Station 1
88.1 MHz
l
Do not insert any objects, other than
CDs, into the slot.
6-12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
l
l
The CD revolves at high speed within
the unit. Defective (cracked or badly
bent) CDs should never be used.
A new CD may have rough edges on
its inner and outer perimeters. If a disc
with rough edges is used, proper
setting will not be possible and the CD
player will not play the CD. In
addition, the disc may not eject
resulting in a malfunction. Remove the
rough edges in advance by using a ball-
point pen or pencil as shown below. To
remove the rough edges, rub the side of
the pen or pencil against the inner and
outer perimeter of the CD.
l
Do not use non-conventional discs
such as heart-shaped, octagonal discs,
etc. The disc may not eject resulting in
a malfunction.
l
When driving over uneven surfaces,
the sound may jump.
l
If the memory portion of the CD is
transparent or translucent, do not use
the disc.
l
The CD player has been designed to
play CDs bearing the identification
logo as shown below. No other discs
can be played.
Transparent
6-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
l
l
l
Use discs that have been legitimately
Do not insert any disc with a peel-off
seal affixed to it.
This unit may not be able to play
certain CD-R/CD-RWs made using a
computer or music CD recorder due to
disc characteristics, scratches,
smudges, dirt, etc., or due to dust or
condensation on the lens inside the
unit.
Storing CDs in the vehicle exposed to
direct sunlight or high temperature may
damage the CD-R/CD-RWs, and make
them unplayable.
produced. If illegally-copied discs such
as pirated discs are used, the system
may not operate properly.
l
Be sure never to touch the signal
surface when handling the CDs. Pick
up a CD by grasping the outer edge or
the edge of the hole and the outer edge.
l
l
l
CD-R/CD-RW exceeding 700 MB
cannot be played.
This unit may not be able to play
certain discs made using a computer
due to the application (writing
software) setting used. (For details,
consult the store where the application
was purchased.)
l
Do not stick paper or tape on the CD.
Avoid scratching the reverse side (the
side without a label). The disc may not
eject resulting in a malfunction.
l
Dust, finger smudges, and dirt can
l
l
It is possible that certain text data, such
as titles, recorded on a CD-R/CD-RW
may not be displayed when musical
data (CD-DA) is playing.
decrease the amount of light reflected
from the signal surface, thus affecting
sound quality. If the CD should
become soiled, gently wipe it with a
soft cloth from the center of the CD to
the edge.
The period from when a CD-RW is
inserted to when it begins playing is
longer than a normal CD or CD-R.
Completely read the instruction manual
and cautions for CD-R/CD-RWs.
Do not use discs with cellophane tape
adhering, partially peeled off labels, or
adhesive material exuding from the
edges of the CD label. Also, do not use
discs with a commercially-available
CD-R label affixed. The disc may not
eject resulting in a malfunction.
l
Do not use record sprays, antistatic
l
l
agents, or household spray cleaners.
Volatile chemicals such as benzine and
thinner can also damage the surface of
the CD and must not be used. Anything
that can damage, warp, or fog plastic
should never be used to clean CDs.
Insert discs one by one. If two discs are
inserted at the same time, the system
may not operate properly.
l
l
The CD player ejects the CD if the CD
is inserted upside down. Also dirty
and/or defective CDs may be ejected.
Do not insert cleaning discs in the CD
l
player.
6-14
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
l
If a disc has both music data (CD-DA)
and MP3 files, playback of the two file
types differs depending on how the
disc was recorded.
Packet written discs cannot be played
on this unit.
This unit does not play CDs recorded
using MP3i (MP3 interactive), MP3
PRO and RIFF MP3 formats.
qOperating tips for MP3
NOTE
Supply of this product only conveys a license
for private, non-commercial use and does not
convey a license nor imply any right to use this
product in any commercial (i.e. revenue-
generating) real time broadcasting (terrestrial,
satellite, cable and/or any other media),
broadcasting/streaming via the Internet,
intranets and/or other networks or in other
electronic content distribution systems, such as
pay-audio or audio-on-demand applications.
An independent license for such use is
required. For details, please visit
l
l
About folders and files
l
The order of hierarchy for MP3 files
and folders during playback or other
functions is from shallow to deep. The
arrangement and playing order of a
recorded disc containing MP3 files is
as follows:
http://www.mp3licensing.com.
l
This audio system handles MP3 files
l
File number
that have been recorded on CD-R/CD-
RW/CD-ROMs. Discs that have been
recorded using the following formats
can be played:
A numerical file number is assigned
to each file in a folder in the order of
hierarchy from shallow to deep.
l
Folder number
l
ISO 9660 level 1
ISO 9660 level 2
Joliet extended format
Romeo extended format
A numerical folder number is
assigned to each folder in the order
of hierarchy from shallow to deep.
l
l
l
l
This unit handles MP3 files
NOTE
conforming to the MP3 format
containing both header frames and data
frames.
Folders and tracks (files) within the same
hierarchy play in the order they were written to
the disc depending on the write software.
l
This unit can play multi-session
recorded discs that have up to 40
sessions.
This unit can play MP3s with sampling
l
frequencies of 16/22.05/24/32/44.1/48
kHz.
This unit can play MP3 files that have
l
been recorded in bit rates of 8 kbps to
320 kbps. Nonetheless, to insure
enjoyment of music with consistent
sound quality, it is recommended to use
discs that have been recorded at a bit
rate of 128 kbps or more.
6-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
l
The maximum number of characters
that can be used for file names is as
follows. However, this unit will only
display up to 32 characters, including
the file extension (.mp3).
: Folder
: Track (File)
Folder
No.
01
02
03
3
2
Maximum number of
characters in a file name
(including a separator “.”
and the three letters of the
file extension)
04
4
05
ISO9660 level 1
ISO9660 level 2
12*
31*
06
07
7
6
Joliet extended
format
64
Romeo extended
format
128
5
1
* English one-byte characters (capitalized only) and
underbar “_” are available.
Level1
Level3
Level4
CAUTION
Level2
Playback may not occur in the above
hierarchy depending on the audio unit.
This unit can only play MP3 files that
have an MP3 file extension (.mp3)
attached. Do not attach an MP3 file
extension to any other type file as it
could cause noise to be emitted or a
malfunction in the unit.
l
l
l
The folder order is automatically
assigned and this order cannot be
optionally set.
Any folder without an MP3 file will be
ignored. (It will be skipped and the
folder number will not be displayed.)
MP3 files not conforming to the MP3
format containing both header frames
and data frames will be skipped and
not played.
This unit will play MP3 files that have
up to eight levels. However, the more
levels a disc has, the longer it will take
to initially start playing. It is
recommended to record discs with two
levels or less.
About ID3 Tag display
l
This unit can only display ID3 Tag
album, track and artist names that have
been input using Ver.1.0/1.1/2.2/2.3
formats. Any other data that may have
been input cannot be displayed.
l
l
This unit can only display English
(including numerals) one-byte
characters. Use only English (including
numerals) one-byte characters when
inputting ID3 tags. Two-byte characters
and some special symbols cannot be
displayed.
l
l
A single disc with up to 512 files can
be played and a single folder with up to
255 files can be played.
When naming an MP3 file, be sure to
add an MP3 file extension (.mp3) after
the file name.
6-16
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Specialized glossary
MP3
Bit rate
Refers to the volume of data per second,
expressed in bps (bits per second).
Generally, the larger the number of the
transfer bit rate when compressing an
MP3 file, the more information regarding
musical reproduction it carries, and
therefore the better the sound quality.
Abbreviation for “MPEG Audio Layer 3”.
A technical standard for audio
compression as decided by an ISO
(International Organization for
Standardization) MPEG working group.
Use of MP3 allows for audio data to be
compressed to approximately a tenth of
the source data size.
Packet writing
A general term for the method, similar to
that used for floppy discs or hard drives,
of recording the required file in a single
increment on a CD-R and similar.
ISO 9660
An international standard for logical
formatting of CD-ROM files and folders.
It is divided into three separate levels
based on differences in file naming
procedures, data configuration and other
characteristics.
ID3 Tag
ID3 tag is a method for storing
information related to the music in an
MP3 file. Information such as track, artist
and album name can be stored. This
content can be freely edited using ID3
editing function software.
Multi-session
A session is the complete amount of data
recorded from the beginning to the end of
a single period of CD-ROM, CD-R/CD-
RW data recording. Multi-session refers to
the existence of data from two or more
sessions on a single disc.
VBR
Abbreviation for Variable Bit Rate. While
CBR (Constant Bit Rate) is generally
used, VBR varies the bit rate for audio
compression according to compression
conditions and this allows for
Sampling
Refers to the process of encoding analog
audio data at regular intervals and
converting it to digital data. The sampling
rate refers to the number of times a
sample is taken in one second and is
expressed in Hz units. Increasing the
sampling rate improves the sound quality
but also increases the data size.
compression with preference given to
sound quality.
qOperating Tips for WMA
WMA is short for Windows Media Audio
and is the audio compression format used
by Microsoft.
Audio data can be created and stored at a
higher compression ratio than MP3.
* Microsoft and Windows Media are
registered trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation U.S. in the United States
and other countries.
6-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Playable WMA file specification
CD-R and CD-RW including WMA files
can be played with this unit. Discs which
conform to the following formats can be
played.
Playable WMA files are as follows:
Item
Content
Windows Media
Audio Version 7.0,
8.0, 9.0
Specification
32kHz. . . . . . . 32, 40,
48 kbps
44.1kHz . . . . . 32, 48,
64, 80, 96, 128, 160,
192, 256, 320 kbps
Sampling
frequency
Bit rate
48kHz. . . . . . . 64, 96,
128, 160, 192 kbps
VBR (Variable Bit Rate)
Channel mode
Supported
Stereo/Monaural
Title, artist name,
album name
WMA tag
CAUTION
This unit plays files with the (.wma)
file extension as a WMA file. Do not
use the WMA file extension for files
other than WMA files. It may cause
noise or a malfunction.
l
l
l
In a WMA file, the track name, artist
name and album name are recorded
with data called “WMA-Tag”, and the
information can be displayed.
WMA files which do not comply with
the specific standard may not be played
correctly or its file and folder name
may not be displayed correctly.
The file extension may not be provided
depending on the computer operating
system, version, software, or settings.
In this case, add the file extension
“.wma” to the end of the file name, and
then write the disc.
6-18
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Audio Set
Operating the Radio ............................................................................................... page 6-26
Operating the Compact Disc (CD) Player .............................................................. page 6-28
Operating the Auxiliary jack .................................................................................. page 6-31
Error Indications ..................................................................................................... page 6-32
6-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qPower/Volume/Sound Controls
Menu button
Display
Power/Volume/Audio control dial
Power ON/OFF
Audio sound adjustment
Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.
1. Press the menu button (
) to
select the function. The selected
function will be indicated.
Press the power/volume dial to turn the
audio system on.
Press the power/volume dial again to turn
the audio system off.
NOTE
To prevent the battery from being discharged,
do not leave the audio system on for a long
period of time when the engine is not running.
Volume adjustment
To adjust the volume, turn the power/
volume dial.
Turn the power/volume dial to the right to
increase volume, to the left to decrease it.
6-20
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
2. Turn the audio control dial to adjust the
selected functions as follows:
Indication
Turn Left Turn Right
Select mode*1
*1*2
*1*2
Select mode
*1
Decrease
bass
Increase
bass
Decrease
treble
Increase
treble
Shift the
sound to the sound to the
Shift the
*3
front
rear
Shift the
Shift the
sound to the sound to the
*1
right
OFF
ON
*1 Refer to Operating the Compact Disc (CD)
Player on page 6-28.
*1 Depending on the mode selected, the
indication changes.
*2 RPT and RDM are displayed only
during CD playback.
*3 If your vehicle is not equipped with
rear speakers, adjust the power/
volume dial so the level is even.
NOTE
About 5 seconds after selecting any mode, the
volume function will be automatically selected.
To reset bass, treble, fade, and balance, press
the menu button (
unit will beep and “CLEAR” will be displayed.
) for 2 seconds. The
Automatic Level Control (ALC)
The automatic level control (ALC) is a
feature that automatically adjusts audio
volume and sound quality according to
the vehicle speed.
The volume increases in accordance with
the increase in vehicle speed, and
decreases as vehicle speed decreases.
6-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Select the desired ALC mode.
Setting RPT (CD Repeat Play)
Mode
Volume change
Repeated playback of the track currently
being played can be set on or off during
playback of the CD (page 6-28).
No change
Minimum
Random playback of tracks on a CD can
be set on or off during playback of the CD
(page 6-28).
BEEP setting
Medium
The beep-sound when operating the audio
system can be set on or off.
Maximum
Turn the audio control dial to select ALC
OFF or ALC LEVEL1―7 modes. The
selected mode will be indicated.
6-22
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
MEMO
6-23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qClock
Clock button
Display
Hour/Minute set switch
Setting the time
Changing the display mode
The clock can be set at any time when the
ignition is switched to ACC or ON.
The display on the unit can be changed by
pressing the clock button (
). This
alternates the display between clock mode
and normal mode. When the clock mode
has been selected, the time will be
displayed.
1. To adjust the time, press the clock
button (
) for about 2 seconds
until a beep is heard.
2. The currently set time and hour setting
display flashes.
NOTE
The displays differ when using the audio in
clock mode and normal mode.
Time adjustment
To adjust the time, press the hour/
minute set switch while the clock's
current time is flashing.
The hours advance while the upper side
of the switch is pressed. The minutes
advance while the lower side of the
switch is pressed.
3. Press the clock button (
to start the clock.
) again
6-24
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
MEMO
6-25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qOperating the Radio
Display
Auto memory button
Band selector button
Scan button
Tuning button
Channel preset buttons
Radio ON
Tuning
Press a band selector button (
turn the radio on.
) to
The radio has the following tuning
methods: Manual, Seek, Scan, Preset
channel, and Auto memory tuning. The
easiest way to tune stations is to set them
on preset channels.
Band selection
Successively pressing the band selector
button ( ) switches the bands as
follows: FM1→FM2→AM.
NOTE
If the power supply is interrupted (fuse blows
or the battery is disconnected), the preset
channels will be erased.
The selected mode will be indicated. If
FM stereo is being received, “ST” will be
displayed.
Manual tuning
NOTE
Select the station by pressing the tuning
If the FM broadcast signal becomes weak,
reception automatically changes from
STEREO to MONO for reduced noise, and the
“ST” indicator will go out.
button (
Seek tuning
Automatic search for radio stations starts
,
) lightly.
when the tuning button ( ) is pressed
,
until a beep sound is heard. The search
stops when a station is found.
6-26
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
NOTE
Press and hold the auto memory button
If you continue to press and hold the button the
frequency will continue changing without
stopping.
(
) for about 2 seconds until a beep
sound is heard; the system will
automatically scan and temporarily store
up to 6 stations with the strongest
frequencies in each selected band in that
area.
Scan tuning
Press the scan button (
) to
automatically sample stations with a
strong frequency. Scanning stops at each
station for about 5 seconds. To hold a
After scanning is completed, the station
with the strongest frequency will be tuned
and its frequency displayed.
station, press the scan button (
again during this interval.
)
Press and release the auto memory button
(
) to recall stations from the auto-
Preset channel tuning
stored stations. One stored station will be
selected each time; its frequency and
channel number will be displayed.
The 6 preset channels can be used to store
6 AM and 12 FM stations.
NOTE
1. To set a channel first select AM, FM1,
or FM2. Tune to the desired station.
If no stations can be tuned after scanning
operations, “A” will be displayed.
2. Depress a channel preset button for
about 2 seconds until a beep sound is
heard. The preset channel number and
station frequency will be displayed.
The station is now held in the memory.
3. Repeat this operation for the other
stations and bands you want to store.
To tune one in the memory, select AM,
FM1, or FM2 and then press its
channel preset button. The station
frequency and the channel number will
be displayed.
NOTE
If the power supply is interrupted (fuse blows
or the battery is disconnected), the preset
channels will be erased.
Auto memory tuning
This is especially useful when driving in
an area where the local stations are not
known. Additional AM/FM stations can
be stored without disturbing the
previously set channels.
6-27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qOperating the Compact Disc (CD) Player
Menu button
Display CD slot
CD eject button
Folder up button
Track up/Fast-forward button
Scan button
Text button
Folder down button
CD play button
Track down/Reverse button
Audio control dial
Scroll button
Type
Playable data
Ejecting the CD
l
l
Music/MP3/WMA CD
player
Music data (CD-DA)
MP3/WMA file
Press the CD eject button ( ) to eject the
CD.
NOTE
Playback
If a disc has both music data (CD-DA) and
MP3/WMA files, playback of the two or three
file types differs depending on how the disc
was recorded.
Press the CD play button (
play when a CD is in the unit.
If a CD is not in the unit when the CD
play button ( ) is pressed,
) to start
Inserting the CD
“NO DISC” will flash on and off.
Insert the CD into the slot, label-side up.
The auto-loading mechanism will set the
CD and begin play.
Fast-forward/Reverse
Press and hold the fast-forward button
(
) to advance through a track at high
NOTE
speed.
There will be a short lapse before play begins
while the player reads the digital signals on
the CD.
Press and hold the reverse button ( ) to
reverse through a track at high speed.
6-28
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Track search
2. Turn the audio control dial and select
“RPT ON”.
Press the track up button ( ) once to skip
forward to the beginning of the next track.
Press the track down button ( ) once to
skip back to the beginning of the current
track.
3. Turn the audio control dial and select
“RPT OFF” to cancel the repeat play.
During MP3/WMA CD playback
(Track repeat)
Folder search (during MP3/WMA CD
playback)
1. Press the menu button (
), select
the repeat mode and “RPT” will be
displayed.
To change to the previous folder, press the
folder down button ( ), or press the
folder up button ( ) to advance to the
next folder.
2. Turn the audio control dial and select
“TRACK RPT”.
Music scan
3. Turn the audio control dial and select
“RPT OFF” to cancel the repeat play.
During music CD playback
This function scans the titles on a CD and
plays 10 seconds of each song to aid you
in finding a song you want to listen to.
(Folder repeat)
1. Press the menu button (
), select
the repeat mode and “RPT” will be
displayed.
During MP3/WMA CD playback
This function scans the titles in a folder
currently being played and plays 10
seconds of each song to aid you in finding
a song you want to listen to.
2. Turn the audio control dial and select
“FOLDER RPT”.
3. Turn the audio control dial and select
“RPT OFF” to cancel the repeat play.
Press the scan button (
playback to start the scan play operation
(the track number will flash).
) during
Random playback
Tracks are randomly selected and played.
Press the scan button (
cancel scan playback.
) again to
During music CD playback
1. Press the menu button (
), select
NOTE
the random mode and “RDM” will be
displayed.
If the unit is left in scan, normal playback will
resume where scan was selected.
2. Turn the audio control dial and select
Repeat playback
“RDM ON”.
During music CD playback
3. Turn the audio control dial and select
“RDM OFF” to cancel the random
play.
1. Press the menu button (
), select
the repeat mode and “RPT” will be
displayed.
6-29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
During MP3/WMA CD playback
(Folder random)
MP3/WMA CD
File number/Elapsed time
1. Press the menu button (
the random mode and “RDM” will be
displayed.
), select
Folder number/File number
File name
2. Turn the audio control dial and select
“FOLDER RDM”.
3. Turn the audio control dial and select
“RDM OFF” to cancel the random
play.
Folder name
(CD random)
Album name (ID3 Tag)
1. Press the menu button (
), select
the random mode and “RDM” will be
displayed.
Song name (ID3 Tag)
Artist name (ID3 Tag)
2. Turn the audio control dial and select
“DISC RDM”.
3. Turn the audio control dial and select
“RDM OFF” to cancel the random
play.
NOTE
l
Other display items may not fully appear
while the clock is displayed.
Switching the display
For files with a file name and other
information that have been input, the
display switches between display of the
file name and other information each time
l
The information viewable in the display is
only CD information (such as artist name,
song title) which has been recorded to the
CD.
the text button (
playback.
) is pressed during
l
The system can only display one-byte
alphabetic characters. If two-byte or other
types of characters have been recorded to
the CD, they may not display correctly.
Music CD
Track number/Elapsed time
Track name
Album name
Artist name
6-30
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Display scroll
Only 8 characters (File name) or 12
characters (Except file name) can be
displayed at one time. To display the rest
of the characters of a long title, press the
scroll button (
the next 12 characters. Press the scroll
button ( ) again after the last 12
). The display scrolls
characters have been displayed to return
to the beginning of the title.
NOTE
The displayable number of characters is
limited. If the number of characters, including
the file extension (.mp3/.wma), exceeds 64
characters, it may not be fully displayed.
Message display
If there is a CD-related problem,
“CHECK CD” is displayed repeatedly.
Turn the audio unit on again, check the
CD for damage, soiling or whether the
CD has been inserted upside down, and
then properly reinsert it. If the message
reappears, have the unit inspected by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qOperating the Auxiliary jack
You can connect portable audio units,
on the market, to the auxiliary jack to
listen to music or audio over the vehicle's
speakers. Refer to Auxiliary Input (page
6-35).
6-31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qError Indications
If you see an error indication on the display, find the cause in the chart. If you cannot clear
the error indication, take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Indication
Cause
Solution
Insert the CD properly. If the error indication continues
to display, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
CD is inserted upside down
CHECK CD
Insert another CD properly. If the error indication
continues to display, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
CD is defective
6-32
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qAdjusting the Volume
Audio Control Switch
Operationí
To increase the volume, press up the
volume switch.
When the audio unit is turned on,
operation of the audio unit from the
steering wheel is possible.
To decrease the volume, press down the
volume switch.
NOTE
Because the audio unit will be turned off under
the following conditions, the switches will be
inoperable.
l
When the ignition is switched off.
l
When the power button on the audio unit is
pressed and the audio unit is turned off.
l
When the CD being played is ejected and
the audio unit is turned off.
qChanging the Source
Press the mode switch (
) to change
the audio source (FM1 radio → FM2
radio → AM radio → CD player → AUX
→ cyclical).
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6-33
Interior Comfort
Audio System
NOTE
When playing a CD
CD mode cannot be selected in the following
case:
CD has not been inserted.
Press the seek switch ( ) to skip to the
next track.
Press the seek switch ( ) to repeat the
current track.
Press and hold the seek switch in the up or
down position to continuously switch the
tracks up or down.
The AUX mode is locked out unless you
connect a commercially available portable
audio unit (such as an MP3 player) to the
auxiliary jack. Connect a portable audio unit
or similar product on the market to the
auxiliary jack to listen to music or audio over
the vehicle's speakers. Change the audio
source to AUX mode (page 6-35).
qMute Switch
Press the mute switch ( ) once to mute
audio, press it again to resume audio
output.
qSeek Switch
NOTE
If the ignition is switched off with the audio
muted, the mute will be canceled.
Therefore, when the engine is restarted, the
audio is not muted. To mute the audio again,
press the mute switch ( ).
When listening to the radio
Press the seek switch (
,
), the radio
switches to the next/previous stored
station in the order that it was stored
(1―6).
Press and hold the seek switch (
,
) to
seek all usable stations at a higher or
lower frequency whether programmed or
not.
6-34
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
AUX Mode (Auxiliary input)
CAUTION
Ø Close the cover when the auxiliary
jack is not in use to prevent
foreign objects and liquids from
penetrating the auxiliary jack.
Ø Do not place objects or apply force
to the auxiliary jack with the plug
connected.
You can connect portable audio units,
such as an MP3 player or similar products
on the market, to the auxiliary jack to
listen to music or audio over the vehicle's
speakers.
To use the auxiliary jack, pull up its cover.
Ø Depending on the portable audio
device, noise may occur when
using the device with it connected
to the accessory socket equipped
on the vehicle. (If noise occurs, do
not use the accessory socket.)
NOTE
l
Before using the auxiliary jack, read the
manufacturer's instructions for the product
being connected.
l
Use a commercially-available, non-
impedance (3.5 ) stereo mini plug for
connecting the portable audio unit to the
auxiliary jack. Before using the auxiliary
jack, read the manufacturer's instructions
for connecting a portable audio unit to the
auxiliary jack.
WARNING
Do not adjust the portable audio unit
or a similar product while driving the
vehicle:
Adjusting the portable audio unit or
a similar product while driving the
vehicle is dangerous as it could
distract your attention from the
vehicle operation which could lead to
a serious accident. Always adjust the
portable audio unit or a similar
product while the vehicle is stopped.
l
To prevent discharging of the battery, do
not use the auxiliary input for long periods
with the engine off or idling.
Noise may occur depending on the product
connected to the auxiliary jack.
With regard to connecting a portable audio
or similar device to a power source, use the
battery for the device, not the accessory
socket.
Insert the plug to the auxiliary jack
securely.
Insert or remove the plug with the plug
perpendicular to the auxiliary jack hole.
Insert or remove the plug by holding its
base.
l
l
Do not allow the connection plug cord
to get tangled with the parking brake
or the shift lever:
l
l
l
Allowing the plug cord to become
tangled with the parking brake or
the shift lever is dangerous as it
could interfere with driving, resulting
in an accident.
6-35
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
To listen to a portable audio unit
1. Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.
2. Insert the connection plug into the
auxiliary jack.
3. Press the power/volume dial to turn the
audio system on.
4. Press the source change button
(
) of the audio unit or the mode
) of the audio control
switch (
switches on the steering wheel to
change to the AUX mode.
Audio Unit
Audio Control
Switches
NOTE
l
Set the volume of the portable audio unit to
the maximum within the range that the
sound does not become distorted, then
adjust the volume using the power/volume
dial of the audio unit or the volume switch
(
,
) of the audio control switch.
l
l
Audio adjustments other than audio volume
can only be done using the portable audio
device.
If the connection plug is pulled out from the
auxiliary jack while in AUX mode, noise
may occur.
6-36
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Safety Certification
This CD player is made and tested to meet exacting safety standards. It meets FCC
requirements and complies with safety performance standards of the U.S. Department of
Health and Human Services.
CAUTION
Ø This CD player should not be adjusted or repaired by anyone except qualified
service personnel.
If servicing is required, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Ø Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those
specified herein may result in hazardous laser exposure. Never operate the CD
player with the top case of the unit removed.
Ø Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's authority to operate this equipment.
NOTE
For CD player section:
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,
pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection
against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can
radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions,
may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that
interference will not occur in a particular installation.
6-37
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Sunvisors
Interior Lights
When you need a sunvisor, lower it for
use in front or swing it to the side.
qIlluminated Entry System
When the illuminated entry system
operates, the overhead light (switch is in
the DOOR position) turns on for:
Sunvisor
l
About 30 seconds after the driver's
door is unlocked and the ignition is
switched off (with the ignition key
removed).
l
About 15 seconds after all doors are
closed.
l
About 15 seconds after the ignition is
switched off (with the ignition key
removed) with all doors closed.
The light also turns off when:
qVanity Mirrors
l
The ignition is switched ON and all
To use the vanity mirror, lower the
sunvisor.
doors are closed.
The driver's door is locked.
l
NOTE
Battery saver
If any door is left opened, the light turns off
after about 30 minutes to save the battery.
The light turns on again when the ignition is
switched ON, or when any door is opened after
all doors have been closed.
qOverhead Light
6-38
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Switch
Position
Overhead Light
Cup Holder
Light off
WARNING
l
Light is on when any door is open
Light is on or off when the
Never use a cup holder to hold hot
liquids while the vehicle is moving:
Using a cup holder to hold hot liquids
while the vehicle is moving is
l
illuminated entry system is on
Light on
dangerous. If the contents spill, you
could be scalded.
qLuggage Compartment Light
Do not put anything other than cups or
drink cans in cup holders:
Putting objects other than cups or
drink cans in a cup holder is
dangerous.
During sudden braking or
maneuvering, occupants could be hit
and injured, or objects could be
thrown around the vehicle, causing
interference with the driver and the
possibility of an accident. Only use a
cup holder for cups or drink cans.
Switch
Luggage Compartment Light
Position
The cup holder is in the center console.
Light off
Light on when the liftgate is open
6-39
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Use the center console divider to place a
cup or canned drink on the center console
tray.
Bottle Holder
Bottle holders are on the inside of the
front doors.
Center console divider
Bottle holder
NOTE
A 567 g (20 oz) cup can be placed in each of
the cup holders indicated by the arrows. If a
cup exceeding 567 g (20 oz) is placed in one of
the cup holders, the cup could tip over because
it cannot be held firmly, and moreover, the cup
may interfere with the operation of the seats.
CAUTION
Do not use the bottle holders for
containers without caps. The
contents may spill when the door is
opened or closed.
6-40
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
qCenter Console Tray
Storage Compartments
WARNING
WARNING
Keep storage boxes closed when
driving:
Never use a cup holder to hold hot
liquids while the vehicle is moving:
Using a cup holder to hold hot liquids
while the vehicle is moving is
Driving with the storage boxes open
is dangerous. To reduce the
possibility of injury in an accident or
a sudden stop, keep the storage
boxes closed when driving.
dangerous. If the contents spill, you
could be scalded.
A cup or small items can be placed on the
center console tray using the center
console divider.
The center console tray is large enough to
place a small item when the center
console divider is not in use.
CAUTION
Do not leave lighters or eyeglasses in
the storage boxes while parked under
the sun. A lighter could explode or
the plastic material in eyeglasses
could deform and crack from high
temperature.
qGlove Compartment
To open the glove compartment, pull the
latch toward you.
To close the glove compartment, firmly
press in the center of the glove
compartment lid.
6-41
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Accessory Socket
CAUTION
Ø To prevent accessory socket
damage or electrical failure, pay
attention to the following:
Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.
Only use genuine Mazda accessories or
the equivalent requiring no greater than
120 W (DC 12 V, 10 A).
Ø
Ø
Ø
Do not use accessories that
require more than 120 W (DC 12
V, 10 A).
Do not use accessories that are
not genuine Mazda accessories
or the equivalent.
Close the cover when the
accessory socket is not in use to
prevent foreign objects and
liquids from getting into the
accessory socket.
Ø
Ø
Correctly insert the plug into
the accessory socket.
Do not insert the cigarette
lighter into the accessory
socket.
Ø Noise may occur on the audio
playback depending on the device
connected to the accessory socket.
Ø Depending on the device
connected to the accessory socket,
the vehicle's electrical system may
be affected, which could cause the
warning light to illuminate.
Disconnect the connected device
and make sure that the problem is
resolved. If the problem is
resolved, disconnect the device
from the socket and switch the
ignition off. If the problem is not
resolved, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
To prevent discharging of the battery, do not
use the socket for long periods with the engine
off or idling.
6-42
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
7
Flat Tire ......................................................................................... 7-3
Emergency Starting .................................................................... 7-17
Starting a Flooded Engine ....................................................... 7-17
Emergency Towing ..................................................................... 7-22
Towing Description ................................................................. 7-22
Tiedown Hooks ....................................................................... 7-23
Recreational Towing ............................................................... 7-24
7-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Parking in an Emergency
Parking in an Emergency
The hazard warning lights should always
be used when you stop on or near a
roadway in an emergency.
The hazard warning lights warn other
drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard
and that they must take extreme caution
when near it.
Depress the hazard warning flasher and all
the turn signals will flash.
NOTE
l
The turn signals do not work when the
hazard warning lights are on.
l
Check local regulations about the use of
hazard warning lights while the vehicle is
being towed to verify that it is not in
violation of the law.
7-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
To secure the jack
qJack
1. Insert the wing bolt into the jack with
the jack screw pointing down and turn
the wing bolt clockwise to temporarily
tighten it.
To remove the jack
1. Remove the cover.
2. Turn the jack screw in the direction
shown in the figure.
Wing bolt
2. Turn the wing bolt and jack screw
counterclockwise.
Jack screw
3. Turn the wing bolt completely to
secure the jack.
NOTE
If the jack is not completely secured, it could
rattle while driving. Make sure the jack screw
is sufficiently tightened.
Wing bolt
Jack screw
Maintenance
l
Always keep the jack clean.
Make sure the moving parts are kept
l
free from dirt or rust.
Make sure the screw thread is
l
adequately lubricated.
7-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
qSpare Tire
CAUTION
Your Mazda has a temporary spare tire.
The temporary spare tire is lighter and
smaller than a conventional tire, and is
designed only for emergency use and
should be used only for VERY short
periods. Temporary spare tires should
NEVER be used for long drives or
extended periods.
Ø When using the temporary spare
tire, driving stability may decrease
compared to when using only the
conventional tire. Drive carefully.
Ø To avoid damage to the temporary
spare tire or to the vehicle, observe
the following precautions:
Ø
Do not exceed 80 km/h (50
mph).
WARNING
Ø
Avoid driving over obstacles.
Also, do not drive through an
automatic car wash. This tire's
diameter is smaller than a
conventional tire, so the ground
clearance is reduced about
10 mm (0.4 in).
Do not install the temporary spare tire
on the front wheels (driving wheels):
Driving with the temporary spare tire
on one of the front driving wheels is
dangerous. Handling will be affected.
You could lose control of the vehicle,
especially on ice or snow bound
roads, and have an accident. Move a
regular tire to the front wheel and
install the temporary spare tire to the
rear.
Ø
Ø
Do not use a tire chain on this
tire because it will not fit
properly.
Do not use your temporary
spare tire on any other vehicle,
it has been designed only for
your Mazda.
Use only one temporary spare
tire on your vehicle at the same
time.
Ø
NOTE
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the
temporary spare tire. The warning light will
flash continuously while the temporary spare
tire is being used (page 5-25).
7-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
To remove the spare tire
Changing a Flat Tire
1. Remove the trunk mat.
NOTE
If the following occurs while driving, it could
indicate a flat tire.
l
Steering becomes difficult.
Trunk mat
l
The vehicle begins to vibrate excessively.
l
The vehicle pulls in one direction.
If you have a flat tire, drive slowly to a
level spot that is well off the road and out
of the way of traffic to change the tire.
Stopping in traffic or on the shoulder of a
busy road is dangerous.
WARNING
Be sure to follow the directions for
changing a tire:
2. Turn the tire hold-down bolt
counterclockwise using the lug wrench.
Changing a tire is dangerous if not
done properly. The vehicle can slip off
the jack and seriously injure
someone. No person should place
any portion of their body under a
vehicle that is supported by a jack.
Never allow anyone inside a vehicle
supported by a jack:
Allowing someone to remain in a
vehicle supported by a jack is
dangerous. The occupant could cause
the vehicle to fall resulting in serious
injury.
To secure the spare tire
Perform the removal procedure in reverse.
CAUTION
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring
System)
The wheels equipped on your Mazda
are specially designed for installation
of the tire pressure sensors. Do not
use non-genuine wheels, otherwise it
may not be possible to install the tire
pressure sensors.
7-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
NOTE
qRemoving a Flat Tire
l
Make sure the jack is well lubricated before
using it.
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
1. If your vehicle is equipped with a
wheel cover, pry off the wheel cover
with the beveled end of the jack lever.
l
Be sure to register the tire pressure sensor
ID signal code whenever tires or wheels are
changed (page 5-27).
1. Park on a level surface off the right-of-
way and firmly set the parking brake.
2. Put a vehicle with an automatic
transaxle in Park (P), a manual
transaxle in Reverse (R) or 1, and turn
off the engine.
3. Turn on the hazard warning flasher.
and away from the vehicle and traffic.
NOTE
Force the end of the jack lever firmly between
5. Remove the jack, tool bag, and spare
tire (page 7-3).
wheel and cover, or removal will be difficult.
CAUTION
6. Block the wheel diagonally opposite
the flat tire. When blocking a wheel,
place a tire block both in front and
behind the tire.
There is a valve-stem mark inside the
wheel cover. When installing the
wheel cover, align this mark with the
tire's valve stem.
Damage could occur during
installation if the wheel cover is not
properly aligned.
NOTE
When blocking a tire, use rocks or wood blocks
of sufficient size if possible to hold the tire in
place.
7-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
2. Loosen the lug nuts by turning them
counterclockwise one turn each, but do
not remove any lug nuts until the tire
has been raised off the ground.
5. Place the jack under the jack-up
position closest to the tire being
changed with the jack head squarely
under the jack-up point.
Jacking position
3. Place the jack on the ground.
6. Continue raising the jack head
gradually by rotating the screw with
your hand until the jack head is
inserted into the jack-up position.
4. Turn the jack screw in the direction
shown in the figure and adjust the jack
head so that it is close to the jack-up
position.
Jack head
Tire blocks
Jacking position
7-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
7. Insert the jack lever and attach the lug
wrench to tire jack.
WARNING
Use only the front and rear jacking
positions recommended in this manual:
Attempting to jack the vehicle in
positions other than those
recommended in this manual is
dangerous. The vehicle could slip off
the jack and seriously injure or even
kill someone. Use only the front and
rear jacking positions recommended
in this manual.
Do not jack up the vehicle in a position
other than the designated jack-up
position or place any objects on or
under the jack:
8. Turn the lug wrench clockwise and
raise the vehicle high enough so that
the spare tire can be installed. Before
removing the lug nuts, make sure your
Mazda is firmly in position and that it
cannot slip or move.
Jacking up the vehicle in a position
other than the designated jack-up
position or placing objects on or
under the jack is dangerous as it
could deform the vehicle body or the
vehicle could fall off the jack
resulting in an accident.
Use only the jack provided with your
Mazda:
Using a jack that is not designed for
your Mazda is dangerous. The vehicle
could slip off the jack and seriously
injure someone.
Never place objects under the jack:
Jacking the vehicle with an object
under the jack is dangerous. The jack
could slip and someone could be
seriously injured by the jack or the
falling vehicle.
7-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
qLocking Lug Nuts
WARNING
If your vehicle has optional antitheft
wheel lug nuts, one on each wheel will
lock the tires and you must use a special
key to unlock them. This key is attached
to the lug wrench and is stored with the
spare tire. Register them with the lock
manufacturer by filling out the card
provided in the glove box and mailing it
in the accompanying envelope. If you lose
this key, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer or use the lock manufacturer's
order form, which is with the registration
card.
Do not jack up the vehicle higher than
is necessary:
Jacking up the vehicle higher than is
necessary is dangerous as it could
destabilize the vehicle resulting in an
accident.
Do not start the engine or shake the
vehicle while it is jacked up:
Starting the engine or shaking the
vehicle while it is jacked up is
dangerous as it could cause the
vehicle to fall off the jack resulting in
an accident.
Never go under the vehicle while it is
jacked up:
Antitheft lug nut
Special key
Going under the vehicle while it is
jacked up is dangerous as it could
result in death or serious injury if the
vehicle were to fall off the jack.
9. Remove the lug nuts by turning them
counterclockwise; then remove the
wheel and center cap.
To remove an antitheft lug nut
1. Obtain the key for the antitheft lug nut.
2. Place the key on top of the nut, and be
sure to hold the key square to it. If you
hold the key at an angle, you may
damage both key and nut. Don't use a
power impact wrench.
3. Place the lug wrench on top of the key
and apply pressure. Turn the wrench
counterclockwise.
7-10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
To install the nut
3. Install the lug nuts with the beveled
edge inward; tighten them by hand.
1. Place the key on top of the nut, and be
sure to hold the key square to it. If you
hold the key at an angle, you may
damage both key and nut. Don't use a
power impact wrench.
2. Place the lug wrench on top of the key,
apply pressure, and turn it clockwise.
qMounting the Spare Tire
1. Remove dirt and grime from the
mounting surfaces of the wheel and
hub, including the hub bolts, with a
cloth.
WARNING
Do not apply oil or grease to lug nuts
and bolts and do not tighten the lug
nuts beyond the recommended
tightening torque:
Applying oil or grease to lug nuts and
bolts is dangerous. The lug nuts
could loosen while driving and cause
the tire to come off, resulting in an
accident. In addition, lug nuts and
bolts could be damaged if tightened
more than necessary.
4. Turn the lug wrench counterclockwise
and lower the vehicle. Use the lug
wrench to tighten the nuts in the order
shown.
WARNING
Make sure the mounting surfaces of
the wheel, hub and lug nuts are clean
before changing or replacing tires:
When changing or replacing a tire,
not removing dirt and grime from the
mounting surfaces of the wheel, hub
and hub bolts is dangerous. The lug
nuts could loosen while driving and
cause the tire to come off, resulting in
an accident.
2. Mount the spare tire.
7-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
If you are unsure of how tight the nuts
should be, have them inspected at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Nut tightening torque
N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf)
88―118 (9―12, 65―87)
WARNING
Always securely and correctly tighten
the lug nuts:
Improperly or loosely tightened lug
nuts are dangerous. The wheel could
wobble or come off. This could result
in loss of vehicle control and cause a
serious accident.
6. Remove the belt for securing the flat
tire.
7. Return the rear seatback to its original
position. Refer to Rear Seat on page
2-5.
Be sure to reinstall the same nuts you
removed or replace them with metric
nuts of the same configuration:
Because the wheel studs and lug nuts
on your Mazda have metric threads,
using a non-metric nut is dangerous.
On a metric stud, it would not secure
the wheel and would damage the
stud, which could cause the wheel to
slip off and cause an accident.
8. Remove the tire blocks and store the
tools and jack.
9. Remove the center cap by tapping it
with the lug wrench.
10. Thread the belt through the rear seat
as shown in the figure.
5. Remove the luggage compartment
cover. Refer to Luggage Compartment
on page 3-14.
7-12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
13. Thread the belt through the buckle
while pressing the tire to the seatback.
11. Place the flat tire in the luggage
compartment.
14. Pull the belt end to secure the flat tire.
12. Thread the buckle through the wheel
as shown in the figure.
7-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
15. Insert the luggage compartment cover
from the top of the luggage
NOTE
To prevent the jack and tool from rattling, store
compartment opening with the cloth
side of the cover facing outward, and
slide it between the flat tire and the
inside perimeter of the luggage
compartment opening.
them properly.
16. Check the tire inflation pressure.
Refer to the specification charts on
page 10-6.
17. Have the flat tire repaired or replaced
as soon as possible.
WARNING
Do not drive with any tires that have
incorrect air pressure:
Driving on tires with incorrect air
pressure is dangerous. Tires with
incorrect pressure could affect
handling and result in an accident.
When you check the regular tires' air
pressure, check the spare tire, too.
NOTE
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the
temporary spare tire. The warning light will
flash continuously while the temporary spare
tire is being used (page 5-25).
7-14
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Overheating
2. Put a vehicle with an automatic
Overheating
transaxle in park (P), a manual
transaxle in neutral.
If the High engine coolant temperature
warning light illuminates, the vehicle
loses power, or you hear a loud knocking
or pinging noise, the engine is probably
too hot.
3. Apply the parking brake.
4. Turn off the air conditioner.
5. Check whether coolant or steam is
escaping from under the hood or from
the engine compartment.
WARNING
If steam is coming from the engine
compartment:
Do not go near the front of the vehicle.
Stop the engine.
Wait until the steam dissipates, then
open the hood and start the engine.
Turn off the ignition switch and
make sure the fan is not running before
attempting to work near the cooling
fan:
Working near the cooling fan when it
is running is dangerous. The fan
could continue running indefinitely
even if the engine has stopped and
the engine compartment temperature
is high. You could be hit by the fan
and seriously injured.
If neither coolant nor steam is
escaping:
Open the hood and idle the engine until
it cools.
CAUTION
If the cooling fan does not operate
while the engine is running, the
engine temperature will increase.
Stop the engine and call an
Do not remove the cooling
system cap when the engine and
radiator are hot:
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
When the engine and radiator are
hot, scalding coolant and steam may
shoot out under pressure and cause
serious injury.
6. Make sure the cooling fan is operating,
then turn off the engine after the
temperature has decreased.
7. When cool, check the coolant reservoir
level.
Open the hood ONLY after steam is no
longer escaping from the engine:
Steam from an overheated engine is
dangerous. The escaping steam could
seriously burn you.
If it's low, look for coolant leaks from
the radiator and hoses.
If the High engine coolant temperature
warning light illuminates:
1. Drive safely to the side of the road and
park off the right-of-way.
7-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Overheating
If you find a leak or other damage, or if
coolant is still leaking:
Stop the engine and call an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
Cooling fan
If you find no problems, the engine is
cool, and no leaks are obvious:
Carefully add coolant as required (page
8-13).
CAUTION
If the engine continues to overheat or
frequently overheats, have the
cooling system inspected. The engine
could be seriously damaged unless
repairs are made. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
7-16
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Starting
Starting a Flooded Engine
If the engine fails to start, it may be
flooded (excessive fuel in the engine).
Follow this procedure:
1. If the engine does not start within five
seconds on the first try, switch the
ignition off, wait ten seconds and try
again.
2. Depress the accelerator all the way and
hold it there.
3. Switch the ignition to START and hold
it there―for up to ten seconds. If the
engine starts, release the key and
accelerator immediately because the
engine will suddenly rev up.
4. If the engine fails to start, crank it
without depressing the accelerator―for
up to ten seconds.
If the engine still does not start using the
above procedure, have your vehicle
inspected by an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
7-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Starting
Jump-Starting
Jump-starting is dangerous if done incorrectly. So follow the procedure carefully. If you
feel unsure about jump-starting, we strongly recommend that you have a competent service
technician do the work.
WARNING
Follow These Precautions Carefully:
To ensure safe and correct handling of the battery, read the following precautions
carefully before using the battery or inspecting it.
Always wear eye protection when working near the battery:
Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID
which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes. Also, hydrogen gas produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode.
Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery
fluid:
Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.
Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets in
eyes, skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes with water for 15
minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention.
Always keep batteries out of the reach of children:
Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid could cause
serious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin.
Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact any other metal object that
could cause sparks:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. When working near a
battery, do not allow metal tools to contact the positive ( ) or negative (
terminal of the battery.
)
7-18
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Starting
Keep all flames, including cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries.
Do not jump-start a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level:
Jump-starting a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level is dangerous. It may
rupture or explode, causing serious injury.
Connect the negative cable to a good ground point away from the battery:
Connecting the end of the second jumper cable to the negative ( ) terminal of the
discharged battery is dangerous.
A spark could cause the gas around the battery to explode and injure someone.
Route the jumper cables away from parts that will be moving:
Connecting a jumper cable near or to moving parts (cooling fans, belts) is dangerous.
The cable could get caught when the engine starts and cause serious injury.
CAUTION
Use only a 12 V booster system. You can damage a 12 V starter, ignition system, and
other electrical parts beyond repair with a 24 V power supply (two 12 V batteries in
series or a 24 V motor generator set).
Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order.
Discharged battery
Jumper cables
Booster battery
7-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Starting
1. Remove the battery cover from its rear
side.
6. When finished, carefully disconnect the
cables in the reverse order described in
the illustration.
7. If the battery cover has been removed,
install it in the reverse order of
removal.
NOTE
Verify that the covers are securely installed.
2. Make sure the booster battery is 12 V
and that its negative terminal is
grounded.
3. If the booster battery is in another
vehicle, don't allow both vehicles to
touch. Turn off the engine of the
vehicle with the booster battery and all
unnecessary electrical loads in both
vehicles.
4. Connect the jumper cables in the exact
sequence as in the illustration.
l
Connect one end of a cable to the
positive terminal on the discharged
battery (1).
Attach the other end to the positive
l
terminal on the booster battery (2).
Connect one end of the other cable
l
to the negative terminal of the
booster battery (3).
Connect the other end to the ground
l
point indicated in the illustration
away from the discharged battery
(4).
5. Start the engine of the booster vehicle
and run it a few minutes. Then start the
engine of the other vehicle.
7-20
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Starting
Push-Starting
Do not push-start your Mazda.
WARNING
Never tow a vehicle to start it:
Towing a vehicle to start it is
dangerous. The vehicle being towed
could surge forward when its engine
starts, causing the two vehicles to
collide. The occupants could be
injured.
CAUTION
Do not push-start a vehicle that has
a manual transaxle. It can damage
the emission control system.
NOTE
You can't start a vehicle with an automatic
transaxle by pushing it.
7-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Towing
Towing Description
CAUTION
Do not tow the vehicle pointed
backward with driving wheels on the
ground. This may cause internal
damage to the transaxle.
We recommend that towing be done only
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a
commercial tow-truck service.
Proper lifting and towing are necessary to
prevent damage to the vehicle.
Government and local laws must be
followed.
A towed vehicle usually should have its
drive wheels (front wheels) off the
ground. If excessive damage or other
conditions prevent this, use wheel dollies.
CAUTION
Do not tow with sling-type
equipment. This could damage your
vehicle. Use wheel-lift or flatbed
equipment.
Wheel dollies
When towing with the rear wheels on the
ground, release the parking brake.
7-22
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Towing
3. Securely install the tiedown eyelet
using the lug wrench.
Tiedown Hooks
CAUTION
Do not use the front and rear
tiedown eyelets for towing the
vehicle.
Lug wrench
They have been designed only for
securing the vehicle to a transport
vessel during shipping.
Using the eyelets for any other
purpose could result in the vehicle
being damaged.
Tiedown eyelet
4. Hook the tying rope to the tiedown
eyelet.
1. Remove the tiedown eyelet, lug
wrench, and jack lever from the trunk
(page 7-3).
2. Wrap the jack lever with a soft cloth to
prevent damage to the bumper and
open the cap located on the front
bumper.
Tiedown eyelet
CAUTION
If the tiedown eyelet is not securely
tightened, it may loosen or disengage
from the bumper when tying down
the vehicle. Make sure that the
tiedown eyelet is securely tightened
to the bumper.
CAUTION
The cap cannot be completely
removed. Do not use excessive force
as it may damage the cap or scratch
the painted bumper surface.
7-23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Towing
qTiedown Hook-Rear
Recreational Towing
An example of “recreational towing” is
towing your vehicle behind a motorhome.
The transaxle is not designed for towing
this vehicle on all 4 wheels.
When doing recreational towing refer to
“Towing Description” (page 7-22) and
“Tiedown Hook” (page 7-23) and
carefully follow the instructions.
CAUTION
The rear tiedown hook is designed
only for lashing the vehicle during
overseas transport. Do not use the
rear tiedown hook for any other use
such as transporting the vehicle on
trucks or railway.
7-24
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
8
How to keep your Mazda in top condition.
Owner Maintenance ..................................................................... 8-8
Owner Maintenance Schedule .................................................. 8-8
Owner Maintenance Precautions ............................................... 8-9
Engine Oil ............................................................................... 8-12
Engine Coolant ....................................................................... 8-13
Brake/Clutch Fluid .................................................................. 8-15
Washer Fluid ........................................................................... 8-18
Battery ..................................................................................... 8-23
Tires ........................................................................................ 8-26
Appearance Care ........................................................................ 8-45
How to Minimize Environmental Paint Damage .................... 8-45
Exterior Care ........................................................................... 8-47
Interior Care ............................................................................ 8-51
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
8-1
Maintenance and Care
Introduction
Introduction
Be extremely careful and prevent injury to yourself and others or damage to your vehicle
when using this manual for inspection and maintenance.
If you are unsure about any procedure it describes, we strongly urge you to have a reliable
and qualified service shop perform the work, preferably an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Factory-trained Mazda technicians and genuine Mazda parts are best for your vehicle.
Without this expertise and the parts that have been designed and made especially for your
Mazda, inadequate, incomplete, and insufficient servicing may result in problems. This
could lead to vehicle damage or an accident and injuries.
For expert advice and quality service, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
The owner should retain evidence that proper maintenance has been performed as
prescribed.
Claims against the warranty resulting from lack of maintenance, as opposed to defective
materials or authorized Mazda workmanship, will not be honored.
Any auto repair shop using parts equivalent to your Mazda's original equipment may
perform maintenance. But we recommend that it always be done by an Authorized
Mazda Dealer using genuine Mazda parts.
8-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
Scheduled Maintenance (USA, Canada, and Puerto Rico)
Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditions
apply.
l
Repeated short-distance driving
Driving in dusty conditions
Driving with extended use of brakes
Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are used
Driving on rough or muddy roads
Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation
Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates
Driving in extremely hot conditions
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
Driving in mountainous conditions continually
If any do apply, follow Schedule 2 (Canada and Puerto Rico residents follow Schedule 2).
NOTE
After the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommended
intervals.
8-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
qSchedule 1
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months
×1000 km
×1000 miles
6
12
24
15
18
36
24
48
30
30
60
36
72
45
42
84
48
96
60
Maintenance Interval
12
7.5
22.5
37.5
52.5
ENGINE
Audibly inspect every 120,000 km (75,000 miles), if noisy,
adjust
Engine valve clearance
Drive belts
I
Engine oil
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Engine oil filter
COOLING SYSTEM
Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years; after
that, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years
FL22 type*1
Others
Engine coolant
Replace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 4 years; after that,
every 2 years
FUEL SYSTEM
Air filter
C
C
I
R
C
Fuel lines and hoses*2
Hoses and tubes for emission*2
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs
I
I
Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles)
I
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake lines, hoses and connections
Disc brakes
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Drum brakes
Tire (Rotation)
Rotate every 12,000 km (7,500 miles)
I
Steering operation and linkages
I
I
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play
I
Driveshaft dust boots
I
I
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body
Exhaust system and heat shields
All locks and hinges
T
T
Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
8-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months
×1000 km
×1000 miles
6
12
24
15
18
36
24
48
30
30
60
36
72
45
42
84
48
96
60
Maintenance Interval
12
7.5
22.5
37.5
52.5
AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
Cabin air filter
R
R
Chart symbols:
I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
C: Clean
L: Lubricate
T: Tighten
Remarks:
*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22” on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding
area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.
*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
8-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
qSchedule 2
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months
×1000 km
×1000 miles
4
8
5
8
12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48
Maintenance Interval
16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
ENGINE
Audibly inspect every 120,000 km (75,000 miles), if noisy,
adjust
Engine valve clearance
Drive belts
I
Puerto Rico
Others
Replace every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 3 months
Engine oil
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Engine oil filter
COOLING SYSTEM
Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years; after
that, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years
FL22 type*1
Others
Engine coolant
Replace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 4 years; after that,
every 2 years
Engine coolant level
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
FUEL SYSTEM
Puerto Rico
Others
C
C
R
C
I
C
R
Air filter
R
C
Fuel lines and hoses*2
Hoses and tubes for emission*2
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs
I
I
Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles)
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Function of all lights
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
8-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months
×1000 km
×1000 miles
4
8
5
8
12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48
Maintenance Interval
16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake lines, hoses and connections
Brake fluid level
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Disc brakes
Drum brakes
Tire (Rotation)
Rotate every 8,000 km (5,000 miles)
Tire inflation pressure and tire wear
Steering operation and linkages
Power steering fluid level
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play
I
I
Driveshaft dust boots
I
I
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body
Exhaust system and heat shields
All locks and hinges
T
T
Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
Washer fluid level
AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
Cabin air filter
Replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 2 years
Chart symbols:
I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
C: Clean
L: Lubricate
T: Tighten
Remarks:
*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22” on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding
area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.
*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
8-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Owner Maintenance Schedule
The owner or a qualified service technician should make these vehicle inspections at the
indicated intervals to ensure safe and dependable operation.
Bring any problem to the attention of an Authorized Mazda Dealer or qualified service
technician as soon as possible.
qWhen Refueling
l
Brake and clutch fluid level (page 8-15)
Engine coolant level (page 8-13)
Engine oil level (page 8-12)
Washer fluid level (page 8-18)
l
l
l
qAt Least Monthly
Tire inflation pressures (page 8-26)
qAt Least Twice a Year (For Example, Every Spring and Fall)
l
You can do the following scheduled maintenance items if you have some mechanical
ability and a few basic tools and if you closely follow the directions in this manual.
l
Engine coolant (page 8-13)
Engine oil (page 8-12)
l
8-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Owner Maintenance Precautions
Improper or incomplete service may result in problems. This section gives instructions only
for items that are easy to perform.
As explained in the Introduction (page 8-2), several procedures can be done only by a
qualified service technician with special tools.
Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage.
For details, read the separate Mazda Warranty statement provided with the vehicle. If
you're unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure, have it done by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
There are strict environmental laws regarding the disposal of waste oil and fluids. Please
dispose of your waste properly and with due regard to the environment.
We recommend that you entrust the oil and fluid changes of your vehicle to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
8-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
WARNING
Do not perform maintenance work if you lack sufficient knowledge and experience or
the proper tools and equipment to do the work. Have maintenance work done by a
qualified technician:
Performing maintenance work on a vehicle is dangerous if not done properly. You
can be seriously injured while performing some maintenance procedures.
If you must run the engine while working under the hood, make certain that you
remove all jewelry (especially rings, bracelets, watches, and necklaces) and all
neckties, scarves, and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or cooling
fan which may turn on unexpectedly:
Working under the hood with the engine running is dangerous. It becomes even
more dangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing.
Either can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury.
Turn off the ignition switch and make sure the fan is not running before
attempting to work near the cooling fan:
Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous. The fan could
continue running indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the engine
compartment temperature is high. You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured.
Do not leave items in the engine compartment:
After you have finished checking or doing servicing in the engine compartment, do
not forget and leave items such as tools or rags in the engine compartment.
Tools or other items left in the engine compartment could cause engine damage or a
fire leading to an unexpected accident.
8-10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Engine Compartment Overview
Brake/Clutch fluid
reservoir
Engine oil dipstick
Automatic transaxle
Battery
Fuse block
fluid-level dipstick (only
for automatic transaxle)
Cooling system cap
Engine coolant reservoir
Engine oil-filler cap
Windshield washer fluid reservoir
8-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Only use oils “Certified For Gasoline
Engines” by the American Petroleum
Institute (API). An oil with this trademark
symbol conforms to the current engine
and emission system protection standards
and fuel economy requirements of the
International Lubricant Standardization
and Approval Committee (ILSAC),
comprised of U.S. and Japanese
Engine Oil
NOTE
Changing the engine oil should be done by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Mazda recommends Mazda Genuine
Parts. For optimal engine performance,
there are certain types of engine oils and
filters suitable for your vehicle. Please
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
automobile manufacturers.
qRecommended Oil
–30
–10
10
30
20
40 50
–20
0
Use SAE 0W-20 engine oil.
Oil container labels provide important
information.
–20
80
100
120
0
20 40
60
A chief contribution this type of oil makes
to fuel economy is reducing the amount of
fuel necessary to overcome engine
friction.
0W-20
qInspecting Engine Oil Level
1. Be sure the vehicle is on a level
surface.
2. Warm up the engine to normal
operating temperature.
(ILSAC)
3. Turn it off and wait at least 5 minutes
for the oil to return to the oil pan.
8-12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
4. Pull out the dipstick, wipe it clean, and
reinsert it fully.
Engine Coolant
qInspecting Coolant Level
WARNING
Do not use a match or live flame in the
engine compartment. DO NOT ADD
COOLANT WHEN THE ENGINE IS HOT:
A hot engine is dangerous. If the
engine has been running, parts of the
engine compartment can become
very hot. You could be burned.
Carefully inspect the engine coolant
in the coolant reservoir, but do not
open it.
Full
OK
Low
5. Pull it out again and examine the level.
The level is normal if it is between
Low and Full.
If it is near or below Low, add enough
oil to bring the level to Full.
Turn off the ignition switch and
make sure the fan is not running before
attempting to work near the cooling
fan:
CAUTION
Do not add engine oil over Full. This
may cause engine damage.
Working near the cooling fan when it
is running is dangerous. The fan
could continue running indefinitely
even if the engine has stopped and
the engine compartment temperature
is high. You could be hit by the fan
and seriously injured.
6. Make sure the O-ring on the dipstick is
positioned properly before reinserting
the dipstick.
Do not remove the cooling
system cap when the engine and
radiator are hot:
When the engine and radiator are
hot, scalding coolant and steam may
shoot out under pressure and cause
serious injury.
NOTE
Changing the coolant should be done by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
8-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Inspect the antifreeze protection and
coolant level in the coolant reservoir at
least once a year―at the beginning of the
winter season―and before traveling
where temperatures may drop below
freezing.
CAUTION
Ø Radiator coolant will damage
paint.
Rinse it off quickly if spilled.
Ø Use only soft (demineralized)
water in the coolant mixture.
Water that contains minerals will
cut down on the coolant's
effectiveness.
Ø Don't add only water. Always add
a proper coolant mixture.
Ø The engine has aluminum parts
and must be protected by an
ethylene-glycol-based coolant to
prevent corrosion and freezing.
Ø DO NOT USE coolants Containing
Alcohol, methanol, Borate or
Silicate.
Inspect the condition and connections of
all cooling system and heater hoses.
Replace any that are swollen or
deteriorated.
The coolant should be at full in the
radiator and between the FULL and LOW
marks on the coolant reservoir when the
engine is cool.
These coolants could damage the
cooling system.
Cooling fan
Ø DO NOT MIX alcohol or methanol
with the coolant. This could
damage the cooling system.
Ø Don't use a solution that contains
more than 60% antifreeze.
This would reduce effectiveness.
If it's at or near LOW, add enough coolant
to the coolant reservoir to provide
freezing and corrosion protection and to
bring the level to FULL.
8-14
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
NOTE
Brake/Clutch Fluid
If the “FL22” mark is shown on or near the
cooling system cap, it is recommended to use
Mazda Genuine FL22 engine coolant (page
8-3).
q
Inspecting Brake/Clutch Fluid Level
The brakes and clutch draw fluid from the
same reservoir.
Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir
regularly. It should be kept at MAX.
The level normally drops with
accumulated distance, a condition
associated with wear of brake and clutch
linings. If it is excessively low, have the
brake/clutch system inspected by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
MAX fill line
If the coolant reservoir is empty or new
coolant is required frequently, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
MIN fill line
8-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
qAdding Brake/Clutch Fluid
Automatic transaxle Fluid
(ATF)í
WARNING
Be careful not to spill brake fluid on
yourself or on the engine:
qInspecting Automatic transaxle
Fluid Level
Spilled brake fluid is dangerous. If it
gets in your eyes, they could be
seriously injured. If this happens,
immediately flush your eyes with
water and get medical attention.
Brake fluid spilled on a hot engine
could cause a fire.
The automatic transaxle fluid level should
be inspected regularly. Measure it as
described below.
The volume of fluid changes with
temperature. Fluid must be checked while
idling the engine without driving at
normal operating temperature.
If the brake/clutch fluid level is low,
have the brakes and clutch inspected:
Low brake/clutch fluid levels are
dangerous. Low levels could signal
brake lining wear or a brake system
leak. Your brakes could fail and
cause an accident.
CAUTION
Ø Low fluid level causes transaxle
slippage. Overfilling can cause
foaming, loss of fluid, and
transaxle malfunction.
If the fluid level is low, add fluid until it
reaches MAX.
Before adding fluid, thoroughly clean the
area around the cap.
Ø Use specified fluid (page 10-4). A
nonspecified fluid could result in
transaxle malfunction and failure.
1. Park on a level surface and set the
parking brake firmly.
CAUTION
Ø Brake and clutch fluid will
damage painted surfaces. If brake
or clutch fluid does get on a
painted surface, wash it off with
water immediately.
2. Start the engine and depress the brake
pedal.
3. Move the shift lever through all ranges
and set it at P.
Ø Using nonspecified brake and
clutch fluids (page 10-4) will
damage the systems. Mixing
different fluids will also damage
them.
WARNING
Make sure the brake pedal is applied
before shifting the shift lever:
Shifting the shift lever without first
depressing the brake pedal is
If the brake/clutch system
frequently requires new fluid,
consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
dangerous. The vehicle could move
suddenly and cause an accident.
4. With the engine still idling, pull out the
dipstick, wipe it clean, and put it back.
8-16
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
5. Pull it out again.
Fully insert the dipstick. When adding
fluid, inspect with the dipstick to make
sure it doesn't pass full.
The proper fluid level is marked on the
dipstick as follows.
NOTE
Inspect the fluid on both sides of the dipstick in
a well lit area for an accurate reading.
Full
A
Full
Low
B
Low
Fluid hot scale A
When the vehicle has been driven and the
fluid is at normal operating temperature,
about 65°C (150°F), the level must be
between Full and Low.
Fluid cold scale B
When the engine has not been running
and the outside temperature is about 20°C
(70°F), the level must be between Full
and Low.
CAUTION
Ø Use the cold scale only as a
reference.
Ø If outside temperature is lower
than about 20°C (70°F), start the
engine and inspect the fluid level
after the engine reaches operating
temperature.
Ø If the vehicle has been driven for
an extended period at high speeds
or in city traffic in hot weather,
inspect the level only after
stopping the engine and allowing
the fluid to cool for 30 minutes.
8-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Inspect fluid level in the washer fluid
reservoir; add fluid if necessary.
Washer Fluid
qInspecting Washer Fluid Level
WARNING
F
OK
Use only windshield washer fluid or
plain water in the reservoir:
E
Using radiator antifreeze as washer
fluid is dangerous. If sprayed on the
windshield, it will dirty the
windshield, affect your visibility, and
could result in an accident.
Using Washer Fluid Without Anti-freeze
Protection in Cold Weather:
The top of the float should be between F
and E.
Operating your vehicle in
temperatures below 4 degrees C (40
degrees F) using washer fluid without
anti-freeze protection is dangerous
as it could cause impaired windshield
vision and result in an accident. In
cold weather, always use washer
fluid with anti-freeze protection.
Use plain water if washer fluid is
unavailable.
But use only washer fluid in cold weather
to prevent it from freezing.
NOTE
Front and rear washer fluid is supplied from
the same reservoir.
NOTE
State or local regulations may restrict the use
of volatile organic compounds (VOCs), which
are commonly used as anti-freeze agents in
washer fluid. A washer fluid with limited VOC
content should be used only if it provides
adequate freeze resistance for all regions and
climates in which the vehicle will be operated.
8-18
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Body Lubrication
Wiper Blades
All moving points of the body, such as
door and hood hinges and locks, should
be lubricated each time the engine oil is
changed. Use a nonfreezing lubricant on
locks during cold weather.
CAUTION
Ø Hot waxes applied by automatic
car washers have been known to
affect the wiper's ability to clean
windows.
Ø To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use gasoline,
kerosene, paint thinner, or other
solvents on or near them.
Make sure the hood's secondary latch
keeps the hood from opening when the
primary latch is released.
Ø When the wiper lever is in the
AUTO position and the ignition is
switched ON, the wipers may
move automatically in the
following cases:
Ø
Ø
Ø
Ø
If the windshield above the rain
sensor is touched.
If the windshield above the rain
sensor is wiped with a cloth.
If the windshield is struck with
a hand or other object.
If the rain sensor is struck with
a hand or other object from
inside the vehicle.
Be careful not to pinch hands or
fingers as it may cause injury, or
damage the wipers. When
washing or servicing your Mazda,
make sure the wiper lever is in the
OFF position.
Contamination of either the windshield or
the blades with foreign matter can reduce
wiper effectiveness. Common sources are
insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments
used by some commercial car washes.
If the blades are not wiping properly,
clean the window and blades with a good
cleaner or mild detergent; then rinse
thoroughly with clean water. Repeat if
necessary.
8-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
2. Hold the end of the rubber and pull
until the tabs are free of the metal
support.
q
Replacing Windshield Wiper Blades
When the wipers no longer clean well, the
blades are probably worn or cracked.
Replace them.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
and other components, don't try to
sweep the wiper arm by hand.
Metal support
1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the blade
assembly to expose the plastic locking
clip.
Tab
Compress the clip and slide the
assembly downward; then lift it off the
arm.
3. Remove the metal stiffeners from each
blade rubber and install them in the
new blade.
Plastic locking clip
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the windshield
let the wiper arm down easily, don't
let it slap down on the windshield.
8-20
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
CAUTION
Ø Don't bend or discard the
stiffeners. You need to use them
again.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper arm
and other components, don't try to
sweep the wiper arm by hand.
Ø If the metal stiffeners are
switched, the blade's wiping
efficiency could be reduced.
So don't use the driver's side metal
stiffeners on the passenger's side,
or vice versa.
1. Remove the cover and raise the wiper
arm.
Ø Be sure to reinstall the metal
stiffeners in the new blade rubber
so that the curve is the same as it
was in the old blade rubber.
4. Carefully insert the new blade rubber.
Then install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
2. Firmly rotate the wiper blade to the
right until it unlocks, then remove the
blade.
NOTE
Install the blade so that the tabs are toward the
bottom of the wiper arm.
qReplacing Rear Window Wiper
CAUTION
Blade
To prevent damage to the rear
window let the wiper arm down
easily, don't let it slap down on the
rear window.
When the wiper no longer cleans well, the
blade is probably worn or cracked.
Replace it.
8-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
3. Pull down the blade rubber and slide it
out of the blade holder.
5. Carefully insert the new blade rubber.
Then install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
4. Remove the metal stiffeners from each
blade rubber and install them in the
new blade.
CAUTION
Don't bend or discard the stiffeners.
You need to use them again.
8-22
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Battery
WARNING
Wash hands after handling the battery and related accessories:
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds,
chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.
Read the following precautions carefully before using the battery or inspecting
to ensure safe and correct handling:
Always wear eye protection when working near the battery:
Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID
which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes. Also, hydrogen gas produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode.
Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery
fluid:
Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.
Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets in
eyes, or on the skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes with
water for 15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention.
Always keep batteries out of the reach of children:
Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid could cause
serious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin.
Keep flames and sparks away from open battery cells and do not allow metal
tools to contact the positive ( ) or negative ( ) terminal of the battery when
working near a battery. Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact the vehicle
body:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. Keep all flames including
cigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells.
8-23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Keep all flames, including cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries.
8-24
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
NOTE
qInspecting Electrolyte Level
Remove the battery cover before performing
battery maintenance.
A low level of electrolyte fluid will cause
the battery to discharge quickly.
Upper level
Lower level
qBattery Maintenance
Inspect the electrolyte level at least once a
week. If it's low, remove the caps and add
enough distilled water to bring the level
between the upper and lower level
(illustration).
Don't overfill.
Examine the specific gravity of the
electrolyte with a hydrometer, especially
during cold weather. If it's low, recharge
the battery.
To get the best service from a battery:
l
Keep it securely mounted.
Keep the top clean and dry.
Keep terminals and connections clean,
l
l
tight, and coated with petroleum jelly
or terminal grease.
Rinse off spilled electrolyte
l
immediately with a solution of water
and baking soda.
If the vehicle will not be used for an
l
extended time, disconnect the battery
cables.
8-25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
qTire Inflation Pressure
Tires
WARNING
Always inflate the tires to the correct
pressure:
For reasons of proper performance, safety,
and better fuel economy, always maintain
recommended tire inflation pressures and
stay within the recommended load limits
and weight distribution.
Overinflation or underinflation of
or unexpected tire failure could result
in a serious accident.
Refer to specification charts on page
10-6.
WARNING
Using Different Tire Types:
Driving your vehicle with different
types of tires is dangerous. It could
cause poor handling and poor
braking; leading to loss of control.
Except for the limited use of the
temporary spare tire, use only the
same type tires (radial, bias-belted,
bias-type) on all four wheels.
Use only a Mazda-genuine tire valve
cap:
Use of a non-genuine part is
dangerous as the correct tire air
pressure cannot be maintained if the
tire valve becomes damaged. If the
vehicle is driven under this condition,
the tire air pressure will decrease
which could result in a serious
accident. Do not use any part for the
tire valve cap that is not a Mazda-
genuine part.
Using Wrong-Sized Tires:
Using any other tire size than what is
specified for your Mazda (page 10-6)
is dangerous. It could seriously affect
ride, handling, ground clearance, tire
clearance, and speedometer
calibration. This could cause you to
have an accident. Use only tires that
are the correct size specified for your
Mazda.
8-26
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
The Tire Pressure Monitoring Systemí
does not alleviate the need to check the
tire condition every day, including
whether the tires all look inflated properly.
Inspect all tire pressure monthly
(including the spare) when the tires are
cold. Maintain recommended pressures
for the best ride, handling, and minimum
tire wear.
NOTE
l
Always check tire pressure when tires are
cold.
l
l
Warm tires normally exceed recommended
pressures. Don't release air from warm tires
to adjust the pressure.
Underinflation can cause reduced fuel
economy, uneven and accelerated tire wear,
and poor sealing of the tire bead, which
will deform the wheel and cause separation
of tire from rim.
When checking the tire pressures, use of a
digital tire pressure gauge is
recommended.
l
Overinflation can produce a harsh ride,
uneven and accelerated tire wear, and a
greater possibility of damage from road
hazards.
Keep your tire pressure at the correct
levels. If one frequently needs inflating,
have it inspected.
qTire Rotation
WARNING
Rotate tires periodically:
Irregular tire wear is dangerous. To
equalize tread wear for maintaining
braking, rotate the tires according to
the scheduled maintenance charts.
Refer to Scheduled Maintenance on
page 8-3.
Refer to the specification charts (page
10-6).
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
8-27
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
During rotation, inspect them for correct
balance.
qReplacing a Tire
WARNING
Always use tires that are in good
condition:
Driving with worn tires is dangerous.
Reduced braking, steering, and
traction could result in an accident.
Replace all four tires at the same time:
Replacing just one tire is dangerous.
It could cause poor handling and
poor braking resulting in loss of
vehicle control. Mazda strongly
recommends that you replace all four
tires at the same time.
Forward
Do not include (TEMPORARY USE ONLY)
spare tire in rotation.
Also, inspect them for uneven wear and
damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused
by one or a combination of the following:
CAUTION
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring
System)
When replacing/repairing the tires or
wheels or both, have the work done
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer, or
the tire pressure sensors may be
damaged.
l
Incorrect tire pressure
Improper wheel alignment
Out-of-balance wheel
Severe braking
l
l
l
After rotation, inflate all tire pressures to
specification (page 10-6) and inspect the
lug nuts for tightness.
NOTE
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
CAUTION
l
When tires with steel wire reinforcement in
Rotate unidirectional tires and radial
tires that have an asymmetrical tread
pattern or studs only from front to
rear, not from side to side. Tire
performance will be reduced if
rotated from side to side.
function correctly even with a genuine
wheel.
Refer to System Error Activation on page
5-27.
l
Be sure to install the tire pressure sensors
whenever tires or wheels are replaced.
Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5-27.
8-28
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicator
will appear as a solid band across the
tread.
The temporary spare tire is easier to
handle because of its construction which
is lighter and smaller than a conventional
tire. This tire should be used only for an
emergency and only for a short distance.
Replace the tire when this happens.
Tread wear indicator
Use the temporary spare tire only until the
conventional tire is repaired, which should
be as soon as possible.
Maintain its pressure at 420 kPa (4.2
kgf/cm2 or bar, 60 psi).
CAUTION
New tread
Worn tread
Ø Do not use your temporary spare
tire rim with a snow tire or a
conventional tire. Neither will
properly fit and could damage
both tire and rim.
Ø The temporary spare tire has a
tread life of less than 5,000 km
(3,000 miles). The tread life may
be shorter depending on driving
conditions.
Ø The temporary spare tire is for
wear solid-band indicator
appears, replace the tire with the
same type of temporary spare
(page 8-28).
You should replace the tire before the
band crosses the entire tread.
NOTE
Tires degrade over time, even when they are
not being used on the road. It is recommended
that tires generally be replaced when they are
6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climates
or frequent high loading conditions can
accelerate the aging process. You should
replace the spare tire when you replace the
other road tires due to the aging of the spare
tire. The period in which the tire was
manufactured (both week and year) is
indicated by a 4-digit number.
Refer to The tire labeling on page 9-21.
NOTE
Tires degrade over time, even when they are
not being used on the road. It is recommended
that tires generally be replaced when they are
6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climates
or frequent high loading conditions can
accelerate the aging process. You should
replace the spare tire when you replace the
other road tires due to the aging of the spare
tire. The period in which the tire was
manufactured (both week and year) is
indicated by a 4-digit number.
qTemporary Spare Tire
Inspect the temporary spare tire at least
monthly to make sure it's properly inflated
and stored.
NOTE
The temporary spare tire condition gradually
deteriorates even if it has not been used.
Refer to The tire labeling on page 9-21.
8-29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
When replacing a wheel, make sure the
new one is the same as the original factory
wheel in diameter, rim width, and offset
(inset/outset).
qReplacing a Wheel
WARNING
Always use wheels of the correct size
on your vehicle:
Proper tire balancing provides the best
riding comfort and helps reduce tread
wear. Out-of-balance tires can cause
vibration and uneven wear, such as
cupping and flat spots.
Using a wrong-sized wheel is
dangerous. Braking and handling
could be affected, leading to loss of
control and an accident.
CAUTION
Ø A wrong-sized wheel may
adversely affect:
Ø
Ø
Ø
Ø
Ø
Ø
Ø
Ø
Tire fit
Wheel and bearing life
Ground clearance
Snow-chain clearance
Speedometer calibration
Headlight aim
Bumper height
Tire Pressure Monitoring
System
Ø (With Tire Pressure Monitoring
System)
Ø
When replacing/repairing the
tires or wheels or both, have the
work done by an Authorized
Mazda Dealer, or the tire
pressure sensors may be
damaged.
Ø
The wheels equipped on your
Mazda are specially designed
for installation of the tire
pressure sensors. Do not use
non-genuine wheels, otherwise
it may not be possible to install
the tire pressure sensors.
NOTE
Be sure to install the tire pressure sensors
whenever tires or wheels are replaced. Refer to
Tires and Wheels on page 5-27.
8-30
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
MEMO
8-31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Light Bulbs
Headlights
Overhead light
Front turn signal lights
Side turn signal lights
Parking lights/Front side-
marker lights
Fog lights
High-mount brake light
Brake lights/Taillights
(Rear side-marker lights)
License plate light
Reverse lights
Luggage compartment light
Rear turn signal lights
Some models.
8-32
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
3. Turn the screws and the center section
of the plastic retainers
WARNING
Never touch the glass portion of a
halogen bulb with your bare hands and
always wear eye protection when
handling or working around the bulbs:
When a halogen bulb breaks, it is
dangerous. These bulbs contain
pressurized gas. If one is broken, it
will explode and serious injuries
could be caused by the flying glass.
If the glass portion is touched with
bare hands, body oil could cause the
bulb to overheat and explode when
lit.
counterclockwise and remove them,
then partially peel back the mudguard.
Removal
Installation
Always keep halogen bulbs out of the
reach of children:
4. Detach the electrical connector from
the sealing cover by pulling it to the
rear.
Playing with a halogen bulb is
dangerous. Serious injuries could be
caused by dropping a halogen bulb
or breaking it some other way.
qReplacing Exterior Light Bulbs
Headlight bulbs
1. Make sure the headlight switch is off.
2. If you are changing the right bulb, start
the engine, turn the steering wheel all
the way to the left, and turn off the
engine. If you are changing the left
bulb, turn the steering wheel to the
right.
8-33
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
5. Detach the sealing cover from the bulb.
9. Replace the bulb.
10. Install the new bulb in the reverse
order of removal.
NOTE
l
To replace the bulb, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
l
If the halogen bulb is accidentally touched,
it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol
before being used.
l
Use the protective cover and carton of the
replacement bulb to dispose of the old bulb
promptly out of the reach of children.
Sealing cover
l
When reinstalling the sealing cover, make
6. Unhook the bulb retaining spring.
sure it fitted correctly.
7. Swing the retaining spring out and
away to free the headlight bulb.
Fog light bulbsí
1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,
and the headlight switch is off.
2. Turn the screw counterclockwise and
remove it, then partially peel back the
mudguard.
8. Carefully remove the headlight bulb
from the socket by pulling it straight
back.
8-34
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
3. Disconnect the electrical connector
from the bulb by pressing the tab on
the connector with your finger and
pulling the connector.
Front turn signal lights
1. Make sure the ignition is switched off
and the headlight switch is off.
2. Lift the hood.
3. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
4. Remove the bulb by pushing it in
slightly and turning it
counterclockwise.
4. Turn the bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
5. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
Parking lights/Front side-marker lights
1. Make sure the headlight switch is off.
2. If you are changing the right bulb, start
the engine, turn the steering wheel all
the way to the left, and turn off the
engine. If you are changing the left
bulb, turn the steering wheel to the
right.
5. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
NOTE
l
To replace the bulb, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
l
If the halogen bulb is accidentally touched,
it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol
before being used.
l
Use the protective cover and carton of the
replacement bulb to dispose of the old bulb
promptly out of the reach of children.
8-35
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
3. Turn the screws and the center section
of the plastic retainers
Side turn signal lights
1. Make sure the ignition is switched off
and the headlight switch is off.
counterclockwise and remove them,
then partially peel back the mudguard.
2. Slide the unit as shown in the figure to
remove it.
Removal
Installation
4. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
3. Detach the electrical connector from
the unit by pulling it outward.
5. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
6. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
4. Install the new side turn signal unit in
the reverse order of removal.
NOTE
Bulb replacement is not possible because it is
built into the unit. Replace the unit.
8-36
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Brake lights/Taillights (Rear side
marker lights)/Rear turn signal lights/
Reverse lights
Brake lights/Taillights (Rear side
marker lights)
1. Make sure the ignition is switched off
and the headlight switch is off.
2. Turn the bolts counterclockwise and
remove them.
Rear turn signal lights
3. Pull the unit rearward to remove it.
Reverse lights
4. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
5. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
6. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
8-37
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
High-mount brake light
qReplacing Interior Light Bulbs
Due to the complexity and difficulty of
the procedure, the LED bulbs should be
replaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Overhead light
1. Wrap a small flathead screwdriver with
a soft cloth to prevent damage to the
lens and remove the lens by carefully
prying on the edge of the lens with the
flathead screwdriver.
License plate light
1. Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a soft
cloth to prevent damage to the lens and
remove the lens by carefully prying on
the edge of the lens with the flathead
screwdriver.
2. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.
2. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.
Edge
Edge
3. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
3. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
8-38
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Luggage compartment light
Fuses
1. Wrap a small flathead screwdriver with
a soft cloth to prevent damage to the
lens and remove the lens by carefully
prying on the edge of the lens with the
flathead screwdriver.
Your vehicle's electrical system is
protected by fuses.
If any lights, accessories, or controls don't
work, inspect the appropriate circuit
protector. If a fuse has blown, the inside
element will be melted.
2. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.
If the same fuse blows again, avoid using
that system and consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
qFuse Replacement
Replacing the fuses on the vehicle's left
side
If the electrical system does not work,
first inspect the fuses on the vehicle's left
side.
3. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,
and other switches are off.
2. Remove the cover.
8-39
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
3. Pull the fuse straight out with the fuse
puller provided on the inside of the
engine compartment fuse block cover.
Replacing the fuses under the hood
If the headlights or other electrical
components do not work and the fuses in
the cabin are normal, inspect the fuse
block under the hood. If a fuse is blown, it
must be replaced. Follow these steps:
Fuse block (Engine compartment)
1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,
and other switches are off.
2. Remove the fuse block cover.
4. Inspect the fuse and replace it if it's
blown.
3. If any fuse but the MAIN fuse is
blown, replace it with a new one of the
same amperage rating.
Blown
Normal
5. Insert a new fuse of the same amperage
rating, and make sure it fits tightly. If it
does not fit tightly, have an expert
install it. We recommend an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If you have no spare fuses, borrow one
of the same rating from a circuit not
essential to vehicle operation, such as
the MIRROR or CIGAR circuit.
Normal
Blown
CAUTION
Always replace a fuse with one of the
same rating. Otherwise you may
damage the electric system.
8-40
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
WARNING
Do not replace the main fuse by
yourself. Have an Authorized Mazda
Dealer perform the replacement:
Replacing the fuse by yourself is
dangerous because the MAIN fuse is
a high current fuse. Incorrect
replacement could cause an electrical
shock or a short circuit resulting in a
fire.
Main fuse
8-41
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
qFuse Panel Description
Fuse block (Engine compartment)
FUSE
DESCRIPTION
PROTECTED COMPONENT
RATING
1
2
―
FUEL PUMP
F.FOG
P/W
―
―
15 A
15 A
20 A
10 A
10 A
30 A
20 A
7.5 A
15 A
10 A
7.5 A
20 A
10 A
20 A
15 A
15 A
Fuel pump
Fog lightsí
Power windows
Horn
3
4
5
HORN
EGI
6
Engine control system
DSC
7
DSC-P
DSC-V
MAG
8
DSC
9
Air conditioner
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
TAIL
Taillights, Parking lights, License plate lights
Brake lights
STOP
SWS
Air bag
R.DEF
HAZARD
D/L
Rear window defroster
Hazard warning flashers, Turn signal lights
Power door locks
ENG BAR
ENG INJ
Air flow sensor, Engine control system
Engine control system
8-42
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
FUSE
RATING
DESCRIPTION
PROTECTED COMPONENT
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
―
―
―
―
―
―
H/L LO RH
H/L LO LH
―
15 A
15 A
―
Headlight (RH)
Headlight (LH)
―
―
―
―
ROOM
―
15 A
―
Overhead light
―
IG KEY 1
―
40 A
―
For protection of various circuits
―
FAN 2
―
30 A
―
Cooling fan
―
IG KEY 2
―
30 A
―
For protection of various circuits
―
―
―
―
BLOWER
30 A
Blower motor
8-43
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Fuse block (Left side)
FUSE
RATING
DESCRIPTION
PROTECTED COMPONENT
1
2
TCM
ILLUMI
CIGAR
MIRROR
M.DEF
S.WARM
A/C
―
―
7.5 A
15 A
7.5 A
7.5 A
―
Dashboard illumination
3
Accessory Socket
Power control mirror
Mirror defrosterí
4
5
6
―
7
7.5 A
20 A
10 A
―
Air conditioner
8
F.WIP
Front window wiper and washer
Rear window wiper and washer
9
R.WIP
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
STARTER
METER 2
ENG
―
―
―
10 A
10 A
10 A
―
Engine control system
Instrument cluster
Air bag, DSC
METER
SAS
AUDIO 3
P/W
―
30 A
Power windows
8-44
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
qDamage Caused by Bird
How to Minimize
Environmental Paint Damage
Dropping, Insects, or Tree Sap
Occurrence
The paintwork on your Mazda represents
the latest technical developments in
composition and methods of application.
Bird droppings contain acids. If these
aren't removed they can eat away the clear
and color base coat of the vehicle's
paintwork.
Environmental hazards, however, can
harm the paint's protective properties, if
proper care is not taken.
When insects stick to the paint surface
and decompose, corrosive compounds
form. These can erode the clear and color
base coat of the vehicle's paintwork if
they are not removed.
Here are some examples of possible
damage, with tips on how to prevent
them.
Tree sap will harden and adhere
qEtching Caused by Acid Rain or
permanently to the paint finish. If you
scratch the sap off while it is hard, some
vehicle paint could come off with it.
Industrial Fallout
Occurrence
Prevention
Industrial pollutants and vehicle emissions
drift into the air and mix with rain or dew
to form acids. These acids can settle on a
vehicle's finish. As the water evaporates,
the acid becomes concentrated and can
damage the finish.
It is necessary to have your Mazda
washed and waxed to preserve its finish
according to the instructions in this
section. This should be done as soon as
possible.
And the longer the acid remains on the
surface, the greater the chance is for
damage.
Bird droppings can be removed with a
soft sponge and water. If you are traveling
and these are not available, a moistened
tissue may also take care of the problem.
The cleaned area should be waxed
according to the instructions in this
section.
Insects and tree sap are best removed with
a soft sponge and water or a commercially
available chemical cleaner.
Prevention
It is necessary to wash and wax your
vehicle to preserve its finish according to
the instructions in this section. These
steps should be taken immediately after
you suspect that acid rain has settled on
your vehicle's finish.
Another method is to cover the affected
area with dampened newspaper for one to
two hours. After removing the newspaper,
rinse off the loosened debris with water.
8-45
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
NOTE
l
qWater Marks
The paint chipping zone varies with the
Occurrence
speed of the vehicle. For example, when
traveling at 90 km/h (56 mph), the paint
chipping zone is 50 m (164 ft).
In low temperatures a vehicle's finish
hardens. This increases the chance of paint
chipping.
Chipped paint can lead to rust forming on
your Mazda. Before this happens, repair the
damage by using Mazda touch-up paint
according to the instructions in this section.
Failure to repair the affected area could
lead to serious rusting and expensive
repairs.
Rain, fog, dew, and even tap water can
contain harmful minerals such as salt and
lime. If moisture containing these
minerals settles on the vehicle and
evaporates, the minerals will concentrate
and harden to form white rings. The rings
can damage your vehicle's finish.
l
l
Prevention
It is necessary to wash and wax your
vehicle to preserve its finish according to
the instructions in this section. These
steps should be taken immediately after
you find water marks on your vehicle's
finish.
qPaint Chipping
Occurrence
Paint chipping occurs when gravel thrown
in the air by another vehicle's tires hits
your vehicle.
How to avoid paint chipping
Keeping a safe distance between you and
the vehicle ahead reduces the chances of
having your paint chipped by flying
gravel.
8-46
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
Scratches occur on the paint surface
Exterior Care
when:
l
The vehicle is washed without first
Follow all label and container directions
when using a chemical cleaner or polish.
Read all warnings and cautions.
rinsing off dirt and other foreign
matter.
The vehicle is washed with a rough,
dry, or dirty cloth.
The vehicle is washed at a car wash
that uses brushes that are dirty or too
stiff.
Cleansers or wax containing abrasives
are used.
l
l
qMaintaining the Finish
Washing
l
CAUTION
When the wiper lever is in the AUTO
position and the ignition switch is in
the ON position, the wipers may
move automatically in the following
cases:
NOTE
l
Mazda is not responsible for scratches
caused by automatic car washes or
improper washing.
Ø If the windshield above the rain
sensor is touched.
l
Scratches are more noticeable on vehicles
with darker paint finishes.
Ø If the windshield above the rain
sensor is wiped with a cloth.
Ø If the windshield is struck with a
hand or other object.
Ø If the rain sensor is struck with a
hand or other object from inside
the vehicle.
To minimize scratches on the vehicle's
paint finish:
l
Rinse off any dirt or other foreign
matter using lukewarm or cold water
before washing.
Use plenty of lukewarm or cold water
l
and a soft cloth when washing the
vehicle. Do not use a nylon cloth.
Rub gently when washing or drying the
Be careful not to pinch hands or
fingers as it may cause injury, or
damage the wipers. When washing
or servicing your Mazda, make sure
the wiper lever is in the OFF position.
l
vehicle.
l
Take your vehicle only to a car wash
that keeps its brushes well maintained.
Do not use abrasive cleansers or wax
that contain abrasives.
To help protect the finish from rust and
deterioration, wash your Mazda
thoroughly and frequently, at least once a
month, with lukewarm or cold water.
l
If the vehicle is washed improperly, the
paint surface could be scratched. Here are
some examples of how scratching could
occur.
8-47
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
WARNING
CAUTION
Dry off brakes that have become wet
by driving slowly, releasing the
accelerator pedal and lightly applying
the brakes several times until the brake
performance returns to normal:
Driving with wet brakes is
Ø Do not use steel wool, abrasive
cleaners, or strong detergents
containing highly alkaline or
caustic agents on chrome-plated
or anodized aluminum parts. This
may damage the protective
coating; also, cleaners and
dangerous. Increased stopping
distance or the vehicle pulling to one
side when braking could result in a
serious accident. Light braking will
indicate whether the brakes have
been affected.
detergents may discolor or
deteriorate the paint.
Ø To prevent damaging the antenna,
remove it before entering a car
wash facility or passing beneath a
low overhead clearance.
When using a high water pressure car
wash
Pay special attention to removing salt,
dirt, mud, and other foreign material from
the underside of the fenders, and make
sure the drain holes in the lower edges of
the doors and rocker panels are clean.
High water temperature and high water
pressure car washers are available
depending on the type of car wash
machine. If the car washer nozzle is put
too close to the vehicle, the force of the
spray could damage or deform the
molding, affect the sealability of parts,
and allow water to penetrate the interior.
Keep a sufficient space (30 cm or more)
between the nozzle and the vehicle. In
addition, do not spend too much time
spraying the same area of the vehicle, and
be very careful when spraying between
gaps in doors and around windows.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial fallout, and similar deposits can
damage the finish if not removed
immediately. When prompt washing with
plain water is ineffective, use a mild soap
made for use on vehicles.
Thoroughly rinse off all soap with
lukewarm or cold water. Do not allow
soap to dry on the finish.
Waxing
After washing the vehicle, dry it with a
clean chamois to prevent water spots from
forming.
Your vehicle needs to be waxed when
water no longer beads on the finish.
Always wash and dry the vehicle before
waxing it. In addition to the vehicle body,
wax the metal trim to maintain its luster.
1. Use wax which contains no abrasives.
Waxes containing abrasive will remove
paint and could damage bright metal
parts.
8-48
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
2. Use a good grade of natural wax for
metallic, mica, and solid colors.
Pay special attention to these areas
because they easily hide mud and dirt. It
will do more harm than good to wet
down the road grime without removing
it.
3. When waxing, coat evenly with the
sponge supplied or a soft cloth.
4. Wipe off the wax with a soft cloth.
The lower edges of doors, rocker panels,
and frame members have drain holes that
should not be clogged. Water trapped
there will cause rusting.
NOTE
A spot remover to remove oil, tar, and similar
materials will usually also take off the wax.
Rewax these areas even if the rest of the
vehicle does not need it.
WARNING
Dry wet brakes by driving very slowly
and applying the brakes lightly until
brake performance is normal:
Driving with wet brakes is
qRepairing Damage to the Finish
Deep scratches or chips on the finish
should be repaired promptly. Exposed
metal quickly rusts and can lead to major
repairs.
dangerous. Increased stopping
distance or the vehicle pulling to one
side when braking could result in a
serious accident. Light braking will
indicate whether the brakes have
been affected.
CAUTION
If your Mazda is damaged and needs
metal parts repaired or replaced,
make sure the body shop applies
anti-corrosion materials to all parts,
both repaired and new. This will
prevent them from rusting.
qAluminum Wheel Maintenanceí
A protective coating is provided over the
aluminum wheels. Special care is needed
to protect this coating.
qUnderbody Maintenance
CAUTION
Road chemicals and salt used for ice and
snow removal and solvents used for dust
control may collect on the underbody. If
not removed, they will speed up rusting
and deterioration of such underbody parts
as fuel lines, frame, floor pan, and exhaust
system, even though these parts may be
coated with anti-corrosive material.
Do not use any detergent other than
mild detergent. Before using any
detergent, verify the ingredients.
Otherwise, the product could discolor
or stain the aluminum wheels.
Thoroughly flush the underbody and
wheel housings with lukewarm or cold
water at the end of each winter. Try also
to do this every month.
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
8-49
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
l
NOTE
High water temperature and high water
pressure car washers are available
depending on the type of high pressure
car washer device. If the car washer
nozzle is put too close to the vehicle or
aimed at one area for an extended
period of time, it could deform plastic
parts or damage the paint.
Do not use wax containing compounds
(polish). Otherwise, it could result in
paint damage.
In addition, do not use an electrical or
air tool to apply wax. Otherwise, the
frictional heat generated could result in
deformation of plastic parts or paint
damage.
l
Do not use a wire brush or any abrasive
cleaner, polishing compound, or solvent on
aluminum wheels. They may damage the
coating.
l
Always use a sponge or soft cloth to clean
the wheels.
Rinse the wheels thoroughly with lukewarm
or cold water. Also, be sure to clean the
wheels after driving on dusty or salted
roads to help prevent corrosion.
l
l
l
Avoid washing your vehicle in an automatic
car wash that uses high-speed or hard
brushes.
l
If your aluminum wheels lose luster, wax
the wheels.
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
Check special requirements for Tire Pressure
Monitoring System.
Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5-27.
qPlastic Part Maintenance
l
When cleaning the plastic lenses of the
lights, do not use gasoline, kerosene,
rectified spirit, paint, thinner, highly
acidic detergents, or strongly alkaline
detergents. Otherwise, these chemical
agents can discolor or damage the
surfaces resulting in a significant loss
in functionality. If plastic parts become
inadvertently exposed to any of these
chemical agents, flush with water
immediately.
l
If plastic parts such as the bumpers
become inadvertently exposed to
chemical agents or fluids such as
gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery
fluid, it could cause discoloration,
staining, or paint peeling. Wipe off any
such chemical agents or fluids using a
soft cloth immediately.
8-50
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
NOTE
Interior Care
l
Because genuine leather is a natural
material, its surface is not uniform and it
may have natural scars, scratches, and
wrinkles.
To maintain the quality for as long as
possible, periodical maintenance, about
twice a year, is recommended.
Sand and dust on the seat surface may
damage the overcoat of the genuine leather
surfaces and accelerate wear.
qDashboard Precautions
Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume
and cosmetic oils from contacting the
dashboard. They'll damage and discolor
the dashboard. If these solutions get on
the dashboard, wipe them off
l
l
immediately.
l
l
l
Greasy soiling on genuine leather may
cause molding and stains.
Rubbing hard with a stiff brush or cloth
may cause damage.
CAUTION
Do not use glazing agents.
Glazing agents contain ingredients
which may cause discoloration,
wrinkling, cracks and peeling.
Do not wipe the leather using alcohol,
chlorine bleach, or organic solvents such as
thinner, benzene, or gasoline. Otherwise, it
may cause discoloration or stains.
If the seats get wet, promptly remove
moisture with a dry cloth. Remaining
moisture on the surface may cause
deterioration such as hardening and
shrinkage.
Exposure to direct sunlight for long periods
may cause deterioration and shrinkage.
When parking the car under direct sunlight
for long periods, shade the interior using
sunshades.
Do not leave vinyl products on the seats for
long periods as they may affect the leather
quality and coloring. If the cabin
temperature becomes hot, the vinyl may
deteriorate and adhere to the genuine
leather.
qCleaning the Upholstery and
Interior Trim
l
l
l
Vinyl
Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl
with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.
Clean vinyl with a leather-and-vinyl
cleaner.
Leatherí
Remove dust and sand first using a
vacuum cleaner or other means, then wipe
dirt off using a soft cloth with a leather
cleaner or a soft cloth soaked in mild
soap.
Wipe off the remaining cleaner or soap
using a cloth soaked in clean water and
wrung out well.
Remove moisture with a dry, soft cloth
and allow the leather to further dry in a
well-ventilated, shaded area. If the leather
gets wet such as from rain, also remove
moisture and dry it as soon as possible.
Fabric
Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric
with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.
Clean it with a mild soap solution good
for upholstery and carpets. Remove fresh
spots immediately with a fabric spot
cleaner.
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
8-51
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
To keep the fabric looking clean and
fresh, take care of it. Otherwise its color
will be affected, it can be stained easily,
and its fire-resistance may be reduced.
qCleaning the Window Interiors
If the windows become covered with an
oily, greasy, or waxy film, clean them
with glass cleaner. Follow the directions
on the container.
CAUTION
Use only recommended cleaners and
procedures. Others may affect
appearance and fire-resistance.
CAUTION
Ø Do not scrape or scratch the inside
of the window glass. It could
damage the thermal filaments.
Ø When washing the inside of the
window glass, use a soft cloth
dampened in lukewarm water,
gently wiping the thermal
filaments.
Piano black panel
The following parts are fitted with panels
that have been treated with a special
coating that resists scratching.
Center panel
When the panel needs to be cleaned, use a
soft cloth to wipe off dirt from the surface.
Use of glass cleaning products
could damage the thermal
filaments.
NOTE
Scratches or nicks on the panels resulting from
the use of a hard brush or cloth may not be
repairable.
qCleaning the Lap/Shoulder Belt
Webbing
Clean the webbing with a mild soap
solution recommended for upholstery or
carpets. Follow instructions. Don't bleach
or dye the webbing; this may weaken it.
After cleaning the belts, thoroughly dry
the belt webbing and make sure there is
no remaining moisture before retracting
them.
WARNING
Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer
replace damaged seat belts
immediately:
Using damaged seat belts is
dangerous. In a collision, damaged
belts cannot provide adequate
protection.
8-52
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting
Safety Defects
9
Customer Assistance ............................... 9-2
Customer Assistance (U.S.A.) ............ 9-2
Customer Assistance (Canada) ........... 9-7
Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico) ... 9-10
Reporting Safety Defects ....................... 9-40
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.A.) .... 9-40
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada) ... 9-41
Service Publications .............................. 9-42
Mazda Importer/Distributors ............... 9-11
Importer/Distributor .......................... 9-11
Distributor in Each Area ................... 9-11
Service Publications .......................... 9-42
Outside the United States and
Country (Except United States and
Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and
Accessories ....................................... 9-17
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System
(UTQGS) .......................................... 9-19
Location of the Tire Label
Tire Maintenance .............................. 9-30
Vehicle Loading ................................ 9-33
Steps for Determining the Correct Load
Limit: ................................................ 9-39
9-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. We are here to serve you. All
Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle
in top condition.
If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of
your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you take
the following steps:
NOTE
If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint
system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a
certified physician, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qSTEP 1: Contact Your Mazda Dealer
Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way to
address the issue.
l
If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS, SALES,
SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of
the dealership or the OWNER.
If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary
l
restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in
accordance with a certified physician, go to STEP2.
qSTEP 2: Contact Mazda North American Operations
If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealership
management or it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the
supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical
conditions in accordance with a certified physician, you can reach Mazda North American
Operations by one of the following ways.
Log on: at www.mazdaUSA.com
Answers to many questions, including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership in
the U.S., can be found here.
E-mail: click on “Contact Us” located on the “Inside Mazda” tab, or at the bottom of the
page at www.mazdaUSA.com
By phone at: 1 (800) 222-5500
9-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
By letter at:
Attn: Customer Assistance
Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, CA 92618-2922
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734
In order to serve you efficiently and effectively, please help us by providing the following
information:
1. Your name, address, and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on
the upper driver's side corner of the dash)
4. Purchase date and current mileage
5. Your dealer's name and location
6. Your question(s)
If you live outside the U.S.A., please contact your nearest Mazda Distributor.
qSTEP 3: Contact Better Business Bureau (BBB)
Mazda North American Operations realizes that mutual agreement on some issues may not
be possible. As a final step to ensure that your concerns are being fairly considered, Mazda
North American Operations has agreed to participate in a dispute settlement program
administered by the Better Business Bureau (BBB) system, at no cost to you the consumer.
BBB AUTO LINE works with consumers and the manufacturer in an attempt to reach a
mutually acceptable resolution of any warranty related concerns. If the BBB is not able to
facilitate a settlement they will provide an informal hearing before an arbitrator.
You are required to resort to BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking
remedies under the Federal Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C. § 2301 et seq. To the
extent permitted by the applicable state “Lemon Law”, you are also required to resort to
BBB AUTO LINE before exercising any rights or seeking remedies under the “Lemon
Law”. If you choose to seek remedies that are not created by the Magnuson-Moss Warranty
Act or the applicable state “Lemon Law”, you are not required to first use BBB AUTO
LINE.
9-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
The whole process normally takes 40 days or less. The arbitration decision is not binding
on you or Mazda unless you accept the decision. For more information about BBB AUTO
LINE, including current eligibility standards, please call 1-800-955-5100 or visit the BBB
website at www.lemonlaw.bbb.org.
Being truly committed to customer satisfaction is more than a phrase with Mazda. We hope
to satisfy every customer directly, but if there is ever a question about our decision, Mazda
believes in providing a fast, fair and free method such as the BBB AUTO LINE to ensure
Mazda delivers on our commitment to do the right thing for our customers!
qCalifornia Customers
1. Mazda North American Operations participates in BBB AUTO LINE, a mediation/
arbitration program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus [4200
Wilson Boulevard, Arlington, Virginia 22203] through local Better Business Bureaus.
BBB AUTO LINE and Mazda have been certified by the Arbitration Certification
Program of the California Department of Consumer Affairs.
2. If you have a problem arising under a Mazda written warranty, we encourage you to
bring it to our attention. If we are unable to resolve it, you may file a claim with BBB
AUTO LINE. Claims must be filed with BBB AUTO LINE within six (6) months after
the expiration of the warranty.
3. To file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE, call 1-800-955-5100. There is no charge for the
call.
4. In order to file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE, you will have to provide your name and
address, the brand name and vehicle identification number (VIN) of your vehicle, and a
statement of the nature of your problem or complaint. You will also be asked to provide:
the approximate date of your acquisition of the vehicle, the vehicle's current mileage, the
approximate date and mileage at the time any problem(s) were first brought to the
attention of Mazda or one of our dealers, and a statement of the relief you are seeking.
5. BBB AUTO LINE staff may try to help resolve your dispute through mediation. If
mediation is not successful, or if you do not wish to participate in mediation, claims
within the program's jurisdiction may be presented to an arbitrator at an informal
hearing. The arbitrator's decision should ordinarily be issued within 40 days from the
time your complaint is filed; there may be a delay of 7 days if you did not first contact
Mazda about your problem, or a delay of up to 30 days if the arbitrator requests an
inspection/report by an impartial technical expert or further investigation and report by
BBB AUTO LINE.
9-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
6. You are required to use BBB AUTO LINE before asserting in court any rights or
remedies conferred by California Civil Code Section 1793.22. You are also required to
use BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies created by Title I of
the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C. sec. 2301 et seq. If you choose to seek
redress by pursuing rights and remedies not created by California Civil Code Section
1793.22 or Title I of the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, resort to BBB AUTO LINE is
not required by those statutes.
7. California Civil Code Section 1793.2 (d) requires that, if Mazda or its representative is
unable to repair a new motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle's applicable express
warranty after a reasonable number of attempts, Mazda may be required to replace or
repurchase the vehicle. California Civil Code Section 1793.22 (b) creates a presumption
that Mazda has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its
applicable express warranties if, within 18 months from delivery to the buyer or 18,000
miles on the vehicle's odometer, whichever occurs first, one or more of the following
occurs:
l
The same nonconformity [a failure to conform to the written warranty that
substantially impairs the use, value or safety of the vehicle] results in a condition that
is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven AND the
nonconformity has been subject to repair two or more times by Mazda or its agents
AND the buyer or lessee has directly notified Mazda of the need for the repair of the
nonconformity; OR
l
The same nonconformity has been subject to repair 4 or more times by Mazda or its
agents AND the buyer has notified Mazda of the need for the repair of the
nonconformity; OR
l
The vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of nonconformities by Mazda or its
agents for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days after delivery of the
vehicle to the buyer.
NOTICE TO Mazda AS REQUIRED ABOVE SHALL BE SENT TO THE
FOLLOWING ADDRESS:
Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, CA 92618
ATTN: Customer Mediation
8. The following remedies may be sought in BBB AUTO LINE: repairs, reimbursement
for money paid to repair a vehicle or other expenses incurred as result of a vehicle
nonconformity, repurchase or replacement of your vehicle, and compensation for
damages and remedies available under Mazda's written warranty or applicable law.
9. The following remedies may not be sought in BBB AUTO LINE: punitive or multiple
damages, attorneys' fees, or consequential damages other than as provided in California
Civil Code Section 1794 (a) and (b).
9-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
10. You may reject the decision issued by a BBB AUTO LINE arbitrator. If you reject the
decision, you will be free to pursue further legal action. The arbitrator's decision and
any findings will be admissible in a court action.
11. If you accept the arbitrator's decision, Mazda will be bound by the decision, and will
comply with the decision within a reasonable time not to exceed 30 days after we
receive notice of your acceptance of the decision.
12. Please call BBB AUTO LINE at 1-800-955-5100 for further details about the program.
9-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
Customer Assistance (Canada)
qSatisfaction Review Process
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is of primary concern to Mazda. All Authorized
Mazda Dealers have both the knowledge and tools to keep your Mazda in top condition. In
our experience, any questions, problems, or complaints regarding the operation of your
Mazda or any other general service transactions are most effectively resolved by your
dealer. If the cause of your dissatisfaction cannot adequately be addressed by normal
dealership procedures, we recommend that you take the following steps:
qSTEP 1: Contact the Mazda Dealer
Discuss the matter with a member of dealership management. If the Service Manager has
already reviewed your concerns, contact the owner of the dealership or its General
Manager.
qSTEP 2: Contact the Mazda Regional Office
If you feel that you still require assistance, ask the dealer Service Manager to arrange for
you to meet the local Mazda Service Representative. If more expedient, contact Mazda
Canada Inc.Regional Office nearest you for such arrangements. Regional Office address
and phone numbers are shown (page 9-9).
qSTEP 3: Contact the Mazda Customer Relations Department
If still not substantially satisfied, contact the Customer Relations Department, Mazda
Canada Inc., 55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill, Ontario, L4B 3K5 Canada TEL: 1 (800)
263-4680.
Provide the Department with the following information:
1. Your name, address and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). Refer to the “Vehicle Identification Labels” page
of section 10 of this manual for the location of the VIN.
4. Purchase date
5. Present odometer reading
6. Your dealer's name and location
7. The nature of your problem and/or cause of dissatisfaction
The Department, in cooperation with the local Mazda Service Representative, will review
the case to determine if everything possible has been done to ensure your satisfaction.
9-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
Please recognize that the resolution of service problems in most cases requires the use of
your Mazda dealer's service facilities, personnel and equipment. We urge you to follow the
above three steps in sequence for most effective results.
qMediation/Arbitration Program
Occasionally a customer concern cannot be resolved through Mazda's Customer
Satisfaction Program. If after exhausting the procedures in this manual your concern is still
not resolved, you have another option.
Mazda Canada Inc. participates in an arbitration program administered by the
Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP). CAMVAP will advise you about
how your concern may be reviewed and resolved by an independent third party through
binding arbitration.
Your complete satisfaction is the goal of Mazda Canada Inc. and our dealers.
Mazda's participation in CAMVAP makes a valuable contribution to our achieving that
goal. There is no charge for using CAMVAP. CAMVAP results are fast, fair and final as the
award is binding on both you and Mazda Canada Inc.
qCanadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP)
If a specific item of concern arises, where a solution cannot be reached between an owner,
Mazda, and/or one of it's dealers (that all parties cannot agree upon), the owner may wish
to use the services offered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).
CAMVAP uses the services of Provincial Administrators to assist consumers in scheduling
and preparing for their arbitration hearings. However, before you can proceed with
CAMVAP you must follow your Mazda dispute resolution process as outlined previously.
9-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
CAMVAP is fully implemented in all provinces and territories.
Consumers wishing to obtain further information about the Program should contact the
Provincial Administrator at 1 (800) 207-0685, or by contacting the
Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan Office at:
Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan
235 Yorkland Boulevard, suite 300
North York, Ontario
M2J 4Y8
http://camvap.ca
Provincial Administrators may be reached locally as listed below:
Province/Territory
British Columbia & Yukon Territories
Alberta & Northwest Territories
Saskatchewan
CAMVAP Number
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
Manitoba
Ontario
Atlantic Canada
Quebec
qRegional Offices
REGIONAL OFFICES
AREAS COVERED
MAZDA CANADA INC.
WESTERN REGION
8171 ACKROYD ROAD
SUITE 2000
ALBERTA,
BRITISH COLUMBIA,
MANITOBA,
RICHMOND B.C.
V6X 3K1
SASKATCHEWAN,
YUKON
(604) 303-5670
MAZDA CANADA INC.
CENTRAL/ATLANTIC REGION
55 VOGELL ROAD,
ONTARIO
RICHMOND HILL,
ONTARIO, L4B 3K5
(905) 787-7000
MAZDA CANADA INC.
QUEBEC REGION
6111 ROUTE TRANS
CANADIENNE
QUEBEC,
NEW BRUNSWICK,
NOVA SCOTIA,
POINTE CLAIRE, QUEBEC
H9R 5A5
PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND,
NEWFOUNDLAND
(514) 694-6390
9-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico)
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. That is why all Authorized
Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top
condition.
If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of
your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you take
the following steps:
qSTEP 1
Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way to
address the issue. If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS,
SALES, SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL
MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER.
qSTEP 2
If, after following STEP 1, you feel the need for further assistance, please contact your
area's Mazda representative (Indicated on the next page).
Please help us by providing the following information:
1. Your name, address, and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on
the upper driver's side corner of the dash)
4. Purchase date and current mileage
5. Your dealer's name and location
6. Your question(s)
9-10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Mazda Importer/Distributors
Importer/Distributor
Distributor in Each Area
qU.S.A.
qCANADA
Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Mazda Canada Inc.
55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill,
Irvine, CA 92618-2922 U.S.A.
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734 U.S.A.
TEL: 1 (800) 222-5500 (in U.S.A.)
(949) 727-1990 (outside U.S.A.)
Ontario, L4B 3K5 Canada
TEL: 1 (800) 263-4680 (in Canada)
(905) 787-7000 (outside Canada)
q
PUERTO RICO/U.S. Virgin Island
Plaza Motors Corp. (Mazda de Puerto
Rico)
P.O. Box 362722, San Juan, Puerto Rico
00936-2722
TEL: (787) 641-9300
qGUAM
Triple J Motors
157 South Marine Drive, Tamuning,
GUAM 96911 USA
P.O. Box 6066 Tamuning, Guam 96931
TEL: (671) 649-6555
qSAIPAN
Pacific International Marianas, Inc.
(d.b.a. Midway Motors)
P.O. Box 887 Saipan, MP 96950
TEL: (670) 234-7524
Triple J Saipan, Inc.
(d.b.a. Triple J Motors)
P.O. Box 500487 Saipan, MP 96950-0487
TEL: (670) 234-7133/3051
9-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
Warranties for Your Mazda
l
l
l
l
l
New Vehicle Limited Warranty
Distributor Major Component Limited Warranty (Canada only)
Safety Restraint System Limited Warranty
Anti-perforation Limited Warranty
Federal Emission Control Warranty (U.S.A. only)
l
Emission Defect Warranty
Emission Performance Warranty
l
l
l
l
l
California Emission Control Warranty (U.S.A. only)
Emission Control Warranty (Canada only)
Replacement Parts and Accessories Limited Warranty
Tire Warranty
NOTE
Detailed warranty information is provided with your Mazda.
9-12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
Outside the United States and Canada
Government regulations in the United States and Canada require that automobiles meet
specific emission regulations and safety standards. Therefore, vehicles built for use in the
United States, its territories, and Canada may differ from those sold in other countries.
The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive
satisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take your
Mazda outside these areas.
You may have these problems if you do:
l
Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel will
affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.
Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not be
l
available.
The Mazda warranty applies only to Mazda vehicles registered and normally operated in
the United States, its territories, and Canada.
9-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
Outside the United States
Government regulations in the United States require that automobiles meet specific
emission regulations and safety standards. Therefore, vehicles built for use in the United
States may differ from those sold in other countries.
The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive
satisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take your
Mazda outside the United States. However, in the event that you are moving to Canada
permanently, Mazda vehicles built for use in the United States could be eligible for
exportation to Canada with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the Canadian
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (CMVSS).
NOTE
The above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related to travelers on
vacation.
You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of the United
States:
l
Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel will
affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.
Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not be
l
available.
Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.
9-14
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
Outside Canada
Government regulations in Canada require that automobiles meet specific emission
regulations and safety regulations. Therefore, vehicles built for use in Canada may differ
from those sold in other countries.
The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive
satisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take your
Mazda outside Canada. However, in the event that you are moving to the United States
permanently, Mazda vehicles built for use in Canada could be eligible for exportation to the
United States with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the United States Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS).
NOTE
The above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related to travelers on
vacation.
You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of Canada:
l
Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel will
affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.
Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not be
l
available.
Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.
9-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country (Except
United States and Canada)
Registering your vehicle in a foreign country may be problematic depending on whether it
meets the specific emission and safety standards of the country in which the vehicle will be
driven. Consequently, your vehicle may require modifications at personal expense in order
to meet the regulations.
In addition, you should be aware of the following issues:
Satisfactory vehicle servicing may be difficult or impossible in another country.
The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable.
Parts, servicing techniques, and tools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may be
unavailable.
There might not be an Authorized Mazda Dealer in the country you plan to take your
vehicle.
The Mazda warranty is valid only in certain countries.
9-16
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and Accessories
Non-genuine parts and accessories for Mazda vehicles can be found in stores.
These may fit your vehicle, but they are not approved by Mazda for use with Mazda
vehicles. When you install non-genuine parts or accessories, they could affect your
vehicle's performance or safety systems; the Mazda warranty doesn't cover this. Before you
install any non-genuine parts or accessories, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
WARNING
Always consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer before you install non-genuine parts or
accessories:
Installation of non-genuine parts or accessories is dangerous. Improperly designed
parts or accessories could seriously affect your vehicle's performance or safety
systems. This could cause you to have an accident or increase your chances of
injuries in an accident.
Be very careful in choosing and installing add-on electrical equipment, such as
mobile telephones, two-way radios, stereo systems, and car alarm systems:
Incorrectly choosing or installing improper add-on equipment or choosing an
improper installer is dangerous. Essential systems could be damaged, causing engine
stalling, air-bag (SRS) activation, ABS/TCS/DSC inactivation, or a fire in the vehicle.
Mazda assumes no responsibility for death, injury, or expenses that may result from the
installation of add-on non-genuine parts or accessories.
9-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Cell Phones
Cell Phones Warning
WARNING
Please comply with the legal regulations concerning the use of communication
equipment in vehicles in your State or Province:
Use of any electrical devices such as cell phones, computers, portable radios, vehicle
navigation or other devices by the driver while the vehicle is moving is dangerous.
Dialing a number on a cell phone while driving also ties-up the driver's hands. Use of
these devices will cause the driver to be distracted and could lead to a serious
accident. If a passenger is unable to use the device, pull off the right-of-way to a safe
area before use. If use of a cell phone is necessary despite this warning, use a hands-
free system to at least leave the hands free to drive the vehicle. Never use a cell
phone or other electrical devices while the vehicle is moving and, instead,
concentrate on the full-time job of driving.
9-18
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)
This information relates to the tire grading system developed by the U.S. National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration for grading tires by tread wear, traction, and
temperature performance.
qTread Wear
The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times as well on the government
course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,
and may depart significantly from the norm because of variations in driving habits, service
practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.
qTraction-AA, A, B, C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. These grades represent
the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on
specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor
traction performance.
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking (straight ahead) traction
tests and does not include acceleration cornering (turning), hydroplaning, or peak
traction characteristics.
qTemperature-A, B, C
The temperature grades A (the highest), B, and C, represent the tire's resistance to the
generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire
life, and excessive temperatures can lead to sudden tire failure.
Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger vehicle tires must meet
under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent
higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by
law.
9-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)
WARNING
Keep your vehicle's tires properly inflated and not overloaded:
Driving with improperly inflated or overloaded tires is dangerous. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause
heat buildup and possible tire failure. The temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded.
These grades will be added to the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires over the next several
years according to a schedule established by the NHTSA and the tire manufacturers.
The grade of tires available as standard or optional equipment on Mazda vehicles may vary
with respect to grade.
ALL PASSENGER VEHICLE TIRES MUST CONFORM TO THESE GRADES AND
TO ALL OTHER FEDERAL TIRE-SAFETY REQUIREMENTS.
qUniform Tire Quality Grading
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width.
For example:
Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A
UTQGS MARK (example)
TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA
TEMPERATURE A
9-20
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
Tire Labeling
Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of
all tires. This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire
and also provides a tire identification number for safety standard certification and in case of
a recall.
qInformation on Passenger Vehicle Tires
Please refer to the sample below.
1. TIN: U.S. DOT tire identification number
2. Passenger car tire
3. Nominal width of tire in millimeters
4. Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)
5. Radial
6. Run-flat tire
7. Rim diameter code
8. Load index & speed symbol
9. Severe snow conditions
10. Tire ply composition and materials used
9-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
11. Max. load rating
12. Tread wear, traction and temperature grades
13. Max. permissible inflation pressure
14. SAFETY WARNING
P215/65R15 95H is an example of a tire size and load index rating. Here is an explanation
of the various components of that tire size and load index rating. Note that the tire size and
load index rating may be different from the example.
P
Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars, SUVs, minivans and light trucks as designated
by the Tire and Rim Association (T&RA).
NOTE
If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either ETRTO
(European Tire and Rim Technical Organization) or JATMA (Japan Tire Manufacturing Association).
215
“215” is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters. This three-digit number gives the
width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger
the number, the wider the tire.
65
“65” is the aspect ratio. This two-digit number indicates the tire's ratio of height to width.
R
“R” is the tire construction symbol. R indicates “Radial ply construction”.
15
“15” is the wheel rim diameter in inches.
95
“95” is the Load Index. This two-or three-digit number indicates how much weight each
tire can support.
9-22
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
H
“H” is the speed rating. The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use of
the tire is rated.
Letter Rating
Speed Rating
99 mph
Q
R
S
106 mph
112 mph
118 mph
124 mph
130 mph
149 mph
168* mph
186* mph
T
U
H
V
W
Y
* For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph, tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR. For
tires with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph, tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR.
M
S or M/S: Mud and Snow
AT: All Terrain.
AS: All Season. The “M S” or “M/S” indicates that the tire has some functional use in
mud and snow.
U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN)
This begins with the letters “DOT” which indicates the tire meets all federal standards. The
next two numbers or letters are the plant code where it was manufactured, and the last four
numbers represent the week and year the tire was manufactured. For example, the numbers
457 means the 45st week of 1997. After 2000 the numbers go to four digits. For example,
the number 2102 means the 21th week of 2002. The other numbers are marketing codes
used at the manufacturer's discretion. This information is used to contact consumers if a tire
defect requires a recall.
Tire Ply Composition and Materials Used
The number of plies indicates the number of layers of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. In
general, the greater the number of plies, the more weight a tire can support. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate the tire materials, which include steel, nylon, polyester,
and other.
Maximum Load Rating
This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by
the tire.
Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure
This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire under
normal driving conditions.
9-23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
Tread Wear, Traction and Temperature Grades
Tread wear: The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire
when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For
example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100.
Traction: The traction grades, from highest to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The grades
represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions
on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have
poor traction performance.
Temperature: The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C, representing the tire's
resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under
controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
Snow Tires
In some heavy snow areas, local governments may require true snow tires, those with very
deeply cut tread. These tires should only be used in pairs or placed on all four wheels.
Make sure you purchase snow tires that are the same size and construction type as the other
tires on your vehicle.
SAFETY WARNING
The following safety warning appears on the tire's sidewall.
SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT FROM:
l
EXPLOSION OF TIRE/RIM ASSEMBLY DUE TO IMPROPER MOUNTING-
MATCH TIRE DIAMETER TO RIM DIAMETER; NEVER EXCEED 40 psi (275 kPa)
TO SEAT BEADS-ONLY SPECIALLY TRAINED PERSONS SHOULD MOUNT
TIRES.
l
TIRE FAILURE DUE TO UNDER-INFLATION/OVERLOADING/DAMAGE-
FOLLOW OWNER'S MANUAL AND PLACARD IN VEHICLE-FREQUENTLY
CHECK INFLATION PRESSURE AND INSPECT FOR DAMAGE.
9-24
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
qInformation on Temporary Tires
Please refer to the sample below.
1. Temporary tires
2. Nominal width of tire in millimeters
3. Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)
4. Diagonal
5. Rim diameter code
6. Load index & speed symbol
T115/70D 16 90M is an example of a tire size and load index rating. Here is an explanation
of the various components of that tire size and load index rating. Note that the tire size and
load index rating may be different from the example.
T
Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars, SUVs, minivans and light trucks as designated
by the Tire and Rim Association (T&RA).
115
“115” is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters. This three-digit number gives the
width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger
the number, the wider the tire.
9-25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
70
“70” is the aspect ratio. This two-digit number indicates the tire's ratio of height to width.
D
“D” is the tire construction symbol. D indicates “diagonal ply construction”.
16
“16” is the wheel rim diameter in inches.
90
“90” is the Load Index. This two-or three-digit number indicates how much weight each
tire can support.
M
“M” is the speed rating. The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use of
the tire is rated.
Letter Rating
Speed Rating
M
81 mph
9-26
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
Location of the Tire Label (Placard)
You will find the tire label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important
information on the driver's side B-pillar or on the edge of the driver's door frame.
SAMPLE
qRecommended Tire Inflation Pressure
On the tire label you will find the recommended tire inflation pressure in both kPa and psi
inflation pressure of the tires on your vehicle is maintained at the recommended pressure.
You should check the tire pressure regularly to insure that the proper inflation pressure is
maintained.
Refer to Tires on page 10-6.
NOTE
Tire pressures listed on the vehicle placard or tire information label indicate the recommended cold
tire inflation pressure, measured when the tires are cold, after the vehicle has been parked for at least
3 hours. As you drive, the temperature in the tire warms up, increasing the tire pressure.
9-27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
WARNING
Always check the tire inflation pressures on a regular basis according to the
recommended tire inflation pressure on the tire label and in conjunction with the
information in this owner's manual:
Driving your vehicle with under-inflated tires is dangerous.
Under-inflation is the most common cause of failures in any kind of tire and may
result in severe cracking, tread separation or “blowout”, with unexpected loss of
vehicle control and increased risk of injury. Under-inflation increases sidewall flexing
and rolling resistance, resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire. It
results in unnecessary tire stress, irregular wear, loss of control and accidents. A tire
can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat!
It is impossible to determine whether or not tires are properly inflated just by looking
at them.
qChecking Tire Pressure
1. When you check the air pressure, make sure the tires are cold ―meaning they are not
hot from driving even a mile.
2. Remove the cap from the valve on one tire.
3. Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve.
4. Add air to achieve recommended air pressure.
5. If you overfill the tire, release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the
valve. Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge.
6. Replace the valve cap.
7. Repeat with each tire, including the spare.
NOTE
Some spare tires require higher inflation pressure.
8. Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that
could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak.
9. Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges, cuts, bulges, cracks or other
irregularities.
NOTE
Warm tires normally exceed recommended pressures. Don't release air from warm tires to adjust the
pressure.
Under-inflation can cause serious failures and accidents.
Over-inflation can produce a harsh ride and the greater possibility of damage from road hazards.
9-28
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
qGlossary of Terms
Tire Placard: A label indicating the OE tire sizes, recommended inflation pressure, and
the maximum weight the vehicle can carry.
Tire Identification Number (TIN): A number on the sidewall of each tire providing
information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant, tire size, and date of
manufacture.
Inflation Pressure: A measure of the amount of air in a tire.
kPa: Kilopascal, the metric unit for air pressure.
psi: Pounds per square inch, the English unit for air pressure.
B-pillar: The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door.
Original Equipment (OE): Describes components originally equipped on the vehicle.
Vehicle Load Limit: The maximum value of the combination weight of occupants and
cargo.
Bead Area of the Tire: Area of the tire next to the rim.
Sidewall Area of the Tire: Area between the bead area and the tread.
Tread Area of the Tire: Area on the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when it's
mounted on the vehicle.
Seating capacity means the total allowable number of vehicle occupants. Seating capacity
is described on the tire label.
Production options weight is the combination weight of installed regular production
options weighing over 2.3 kilograms in excess of the standard items which they replace,
and not previously considered in the curb weight or accessory weight, including heavy
duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim.
Rim is the metal support (wheel) for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire
beads are seated.
9-29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
Tire Maintenance
Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally. Here are
some important maintenance points:
qTire Inflation Pressure
Inspect all tire pressure monthly (including the spare) when the tires are cold. Maintain
recommended pressures for the best ride, top handling, and minimum tire wear. Use the
pressures specified on the vehicle tire information placard or tire label for optimum service.
qTire Rotation
To equalize tread wear, rotate the tires every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or sooner if irregular
wear develops. During rotation, inspect them for correct balance.
Forward
Do not include (TEMPORARY USE ONLY)
spare tire in rotation.
Inspect the tires for uneven wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused by one or a
combination of the following:
l
Incorrect tire pressure
Improper wheel alignment
Out-of-balance wheel
Severe braking
l
l
l
After rotation, inflate all tire pressures to specification (page 10-6) and inspect the lug nuts
for tightness.
CAUTION
Rotate unidirectional tires and radial tires that have an asymmetrical tread pattern
or studs only from front to rear, not from side to side. Tire performance will be
weakened if rotated from side to side.
9-30
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
qReplacing a Tire
WARNING
Always use tires that are in good condition:
Driving with worn tires is dangerous. Reduced braking, steering, and traction could
result in an accident.
If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread.
Replace the tire when this happens.
Tread wear indicator
New tread
Worn tread
You should replace the tire before the band crosses the entire tread.
NOTE
Tires degrade over time, even when they are not being used on the road. It is recommended that tires
loading conditions can accelerate the aging process. You should replace the spare tire when you
replace the other road tires due to the aging of the spare tire. The date that the tire was manufactured
(both week and year) is indicated by a 4-digit number.
Refer to The tire labeling on page 9-21.
qSafety Practices
The way you drive has a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety. So cultivate
good driving habits for your own benefit.
l
Observe posted speed limits
Avoid fast starts, stops and turns
Avoid potholes and objects on the road
Do no run over curbs or hit the tire against the curb when parking
l
l
l
9-31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
CAUTION
If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect your
tire or vehicle has been damaged, immediately reduce your speed. Drive with caution
until you can safely pull off the road. Stop and inspect the tire for damage. If the tire
is under-inflated or damaged, deflate it, remove the tire and rim and replace it with
your spare tire. If you cannot detect a cause, have the vehicle towed to the nearest
vehicle or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected.
9-32
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
Vehicle Loading
WARNING
Do not tow a trailer with this vehicle:
Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed to
tow a trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicle
damage.
This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle, to keep your loaded
vehicle weight within its design rating capability. Properly loading your vehicle will
provide maximum return of vehicle design performance. Before loading your vehicle,
familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle's weight ratings,
from the vehicle's Safety Certification Label and Tire and Load Information Label:
WARNING
Overloaded Vehicle:
Overloading a vehicle is dangerous. The results of overloading can have serious
consequences in terms of passenger safety. Too much weight on a vehicle's
suspension system can cause spring or shock absorber failure, brake failure,
handling or steering problems, irregular tire wear, tire failure or other damage.
Overloading makes a vehicle harder to drive and control. It also increases the
distance required for stopping. In cases of serious overloading, brakes can fail
completely, particularly on steep grades. The load a tire will carry safely is a
combination of the size of the tire, its load range, and corresponding inflation
pressure.
Never overload the vehicle and always observe the vehicle's weight ratings from the
vehicle's Safety Certification and Tire and Load Information labels.
9-33
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all
standard equipment. It does not include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.
Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your
dealer plus any aftermarket equipment.
PAYLOAD
Payload is the combination weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is designed to
carry. The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire and Load
Information label on the driver's door frame or door pillar. Look for “THE
COMBINATION WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER
EXCEED XXX kg or XXX lbs” for your maximum payload. The payload listed on the tire
label is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant. If any
aftermarket or dealer installed equipment has been installed on the vehicle, the weight of
the equipment must be subtracted from the payload listed on the tire label in order to be
accurate.
9-34
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
SAMPLE
CARGO
Cargo Weight includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight, including cargo and
optional equipment.
The cargo weight limit decreases depending on the number of vehicle occupants. The cargo
weight limit can be calculated by subtracting the total weight of the vehicle occupants from
the “combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed” value on the tire
label.
9-35
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
Examples: Based on a single occupant weight of 68 kg (150 lbs), and a value of 385 kg
(849 lbs) for the “combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed”:
_
The cargo weight limit with one occupant is 385 kg (849 lbs) 68 kg (150 lbs) = 317 kg
(699 lbs)
_
The cargo weight limit with two occupants is 385 kg (849 lbs) (68 × 2) kg ( (150 × 2)
lbs) = 249 kg (549 lbs)
If the weight of the occupant increases, the cargo weight limit decreases by that much.
GAW (Gross Axle Weight) is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) -
including vehicle curb weight and all payload.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried
by a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance
Certification Label located on the driver's door frame or door pillar. The total load on
each axle must never exceed its GAWR.
GVW
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) is the Vehicle Curb Weight
cargo
passengers.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight of the fully
loaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR is
shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the driver's door
frame or door pillar. The GVW must never exceed the GVWR.
9-36
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
SAMPLE
WARNING
Exceeding Axle Weight Rating Limits:
Exceeding the Safety Certification Label axle weight rating limits is dangerous and
could result in death or serious injury as a result of substandard vehicle handling,
performance, engine, transmission and/or structural damage, serious damage to the
vehicle, or loss of control.
Always keep the vehicle within the axle weight rating limits.
Do not tow a trailer with this vehicle:
Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed to
tow a trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicle
damage.
9-37
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
GCW
GCW (Gross Combination Weight) is the weight of the loaded vehicle (GVW).
GCWR (Gross Combination Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight of the
vehicle - including all cargo and passengers - that the vehicle can handle without risking
damage. The GCW must never exceed the GCWR.
WARNING
Exceeding GVWR or GAWR Specifications:
Exceeding the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label is dangerous.
Exceeding any vehicle rating limitation could result in a serious accident, injury, or
damage to the vehicle.
Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the originals
because they may lower the vehicle's GVWR and GAWR limitations. Replacement
tires with a higher limit than the originals do not increase the GVWR and GAWR
limitations.
Never exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label.
9-38
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
Steps for Determining the Correct Load Limit:
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit:
(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should
never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs” on your vehicle's placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be
riding in your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg
or XXX lbs.
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load
capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1400 lbs. and there
will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available
_
cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400 750 (5 × 150) = 650
lbs.)
(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the
vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage
load capacity calculated in Step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, the load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this
reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.
9-39
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.A.)
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could
cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Mazda Motor
Corporation (Your Mazda Importer/Distributor).
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it
finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and
remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual
problems between you, your dealer, or Mazda Motor Corporation (Your Mazda
Importer/Distributor).
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-
327-4236 (TTY:1-800-424-9153) ; go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:
Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC,
20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
NOTE
If you live in the U.S.A., all correspondence to Mazda Motor Corporation should be forwarded to:
Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, California 92618-2922
or
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734
Customer Assistance Center or toll free at 1 (800) 222-5500
If you live outside of the U.S.A., please contact the nearest Mazda Distributor shown (page 9-11) in
this booklet.
9-40
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada)
Canadian customers who wish to report a safety-related defect to Transport Canada, Defect
Investigations and Recalls, may telephone the toll free hotline 1-800-333-0510, or contact
Transport Canada by mail at: Transport Canada, ASFAD, Place de Ville Tower C, 330
Sparks Street, Ottawa ON K1A 0N5.
For additional road safety information, please visit the Road Safety website at:
http://www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety/menu.htm
9-41
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Service Publications
Service Publications
Factory-authorized Mazda service publications are available for owners who wish to do
some of their own maintenance and repair.
When requesting any of our publications through an Authorized Mazda Dealer, refer to the
chart below.
If they do not have what you need in stock, they can order it for you.
PUBLICATION ORDER NUMBER
9999-95-026B-11
PUBLICATION DESCRIPTION
2011 WORKSHOP MANUAL (English)
2011 WIRING DIAGRAM (English)
2011 OWNER'S MANUAL
9999-95-077G-11
9999-95-002C-11 (U.S.A. only)
9999-EC-002C-11 (Canada only)
9999-PR-002C-11 (Puerto Rico only)
9999-95-202F-11
2011 OWNER'S MANUAL
2011 OWNER'S MANUAL
2011 SERVICE HIGHLIGHTS
qWORKSHOP MANUAL:
Covers recommended maintenance and repair procedures of the drive train, body and
chassis.
qWIRING DIAGRAM:
Provides electrical schematics as well as component location for the entire electrical
system.
qOWNER'S MANUAL:
This booklet contains information regarding the proper care and operation of your vehicle.
This is not a technician's manual.
qSERVICE HIGHLIGHTS:
Provides description and operation of the many systems of your Mazda.
9-42
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Specifications
10
Technical information about your Mazda.
Personalization Features ............................................................ 10-8
Personalization Features .......................................................... 10-8
10-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Identification Numbers
qChassis Number
Vehicle Information Labels
Open the cover shown in the figure to
check the chassis number.
qVehicle Identification Number
The vehicle identification number legally
identifies your vehicle. The number is on
a plate attached to the cowl panel located
on the left corner of the dashboard. This
plate can easily be seen through the
windshield.
qVehicle Emission Control
Information Label
q
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Label
10-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Identification Numbers
qTire Pressure Label
qEngine Number
Front
10-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Specifications
Specifications
qEngine
Item
Type
Specification
DOHC-16V in-line, 4-cylinder
78.0 × 78.4 mm (3.07 × 3.09 in)
1,498 ml (1,498 cc, 91.4 cu in)
10.0
Bore × Stroke
Displacement
Compression ratio
qElectrical System
Item
Battery
Classification
12V-40AH/5HR, 12V-52AH/5HR
ZJ46 18 110*1, ZJY6 18 110
1.2―1.3 mm (0.047―0.051 in)
Spark-plug number
Spark-plug gap
*1 ex factory
CAUTION
When cleaning the iridium plugs, do not use a wire brush. The fine particulate
coating on the iridium alloy and platinum tips could be damaged.
qLubricant Quality
Lubricant type and classification
Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on
Engine oil
page 8-12.
API Service
SAE
GL-4
Manual transaxle oil
75W-80
Automatic transaxle fluid
Brake/Clutch fluid
Mazda Genuine ATF M-V
SAE J1703 or FMVSS116 DOT-3
10-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Specifications
qCapacities
(Approximate Quantities)
Item
Capacity
With oil filter replacement
Without oil filter replacement
Manual transaxle
3.9 L (4.1 US qt, 3.4 Imp qt)
3.7 L (3.9 US qt, 3.3 Imp qt)
5.1 L (5.4 US qt, 4.5 Imp qt)
5.4 L (5.7 US qt, 4.8 Imp qt)
2.91 L (3.07 US qt, 2.56 Imp qt)
7.0 L (7.4 US qt, 6.2 Imp qt)
42.8 L (11.3 US gal, 9.41 Imp gal)
Engine oil
Coolant
Automatic transaxle
Manual transaxle oil
Automatic transaxle fluid
Fuel tank
Check oil and fluid levels with dipsticks or reservoir gauges.
qDimensions
Item
Vehicle specification
With front license plate mount cover
3,965 mm (156.1 in)
Overall length
Without front license plate mount
cover
3,955 mm (155.7 in)
Overall width
Overall height
Front tread
Rear tread
1,695 mm (66.7 in)
1,475 mm (58.1 in)
1,476 mm (58.1 in)
1,466 mm (57.7 in)
2,490 mm (98 in)
Wheelbase
qWeights
Weight
Item
Manual transaxle
Automatic transaxle
1,502 kg (3,311 lbs)
799 kg (1,761 lbs)
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)
1,480 kg (3,263 lbs)
774 kg (1,706 lbs)
GAWR
Front
(Gross Axle Weight Rat-
ing)
Rear
706 kg (1,556 lbs)
703 kg (1,550 lbs)
qAir Conditioner
Item
Classification
HFC134a (R-134a)
Refrigerant Type
10-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Specifications
qLight Bulbs
Exterior light
Category
ECE R (SAE)
Light bulb
Wattage
Headlights
60/55
21
― (HB2)
PY21W (22.3CP)
W5W (4CP)
H11 (H11)
Front turn signal lights
Parking lights (Front side-marker lights)
Fog lightsí
5
55
Side turn signal lights*1
High-mount brake light
Rear turn signal lights
Brake lights/Taillights (Rear side-marker lights)
Reverse lights
5
WY5W (―)
― (―)
LED*2
21
WY21W (23CP)
W21/5W (#7443)
W16W (#921)
W5W (―)
21/5
16
License plate light
5
*1 Bulb replacement is not possible because it is built into the unit. Replace the unit.
*2 LED is the abbreviation for Light Emitting Diode.
Interior light
Category
Light bulb
Luggage compartment light
Wattage
ECE R
―
5
Overhead light
10
―
qTires
NOTE
The tires have been optimally matched with the chassis of your vehicle.
your vehicle. For details, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Check the tire pressure label for tire size and inflation pressure. Refer to Tire Inflation
Pressure on page 8-26.
Standard tire
With tire pressure monitoring system
Inflation pressure
Tire size
Front
Rear
185/55R15 82V
220 kPa (32 psi)
210 kPa (30 psi)
Without tire pressure monitoring system
Inflation pressure
Tire size
Front
Rear
185/55R15 82V
220 kPa (32 psi)
200 kPa (29 psi)
10-6
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Specifications
Temporary spare tire
Tire size
Inflation pressure
420 kPa (60 psi)
T115/70D14 88M
qFuses
Refer to the fuse rating on page 8-39.
10-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Personalization Features
Personalization Features
The following “Personalization Features” are possible. These settings can only be changed by an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
Setting
Function
Initial Setting After Setting Change
Standard Earlier/
Adjusts the headlight illumination on/off timing (Illuminates under Somewhat earlier/
Auto headlight on/off
based on surrounding lightness/darkness
average levels of
darkness)
Somewhat later/
Later
Deactivates the two-step down power window
function
Activated
Deactivated
Two-step down
power window
Adjusts the window opening range
3 cm (1 in)
2―10 cm (0.8―3.9 in)
10-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
A
Accessory Socket .............................. 6-42
Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and
Before Starting the Engine .................. 4-5
After getting in ............................. 4-5
Before getting in .......................... 4-5
Body Lubrication .............................. 8-19
Bottle Holder ..................................... 6-40
Brake/Clutch
Accessories ....................................... 9-17
Air Bag Systems ............................... 2-36
Antenna ............................................... 6-9
Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) ......... 5-8
Appearance Care ............................... 8-45
Audio System ..................................... 6-9
Audio control switch .................. 6-33
Audio set .................................... 6-19
AUX mode ................................. 6-35
Operating tips for audio
system ........................................ 6-10
Safety certification ..................... 6-37
Automatic Transaxle ......................... 5-12
Driving tips ................................ 5-14
Fluid ........................................... 8-16
Overdrive ................................... 5-14
Shift-lock system ....................... 5-13
Transaxle ranges ........................ 5-12
Automatic Transmission
Fluid ........................................... 8-15
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ..... 5-8
Brakes assist ................................. 5-9
Foot brake .................................... 5-5
Parking brake ............................... 5-6
Warning light ............................... 5-7
Break-In Period ................................... 4-6
Bulb Replacement ............................. 8-32
Capacities .......................................... 10-5
Carbon Monoxide ............................... 4-4
Catalytic Converter ............................. 4-3
Cell Phones ....................................... 9-18
Center Console Tray ......................... 6-41
Child Restraint
Fluid ........................................... 8-16
B
Child restraint precautions ......... 2-21
Child-restraint system installation
Battery
position ...................................... 2-25
Installing child-restraint
systems ....................................... 2-26
LATCH child-restraint
Emergency starting .................... 7-17
Maintenance ............................... 8-23
Specifications ............................. 10-4
Beep Sounds
Lights-on reminder ..................... 5-50
Seat belt warning ........................ 5-50
Tire inflation pressure warning... 5-50
Beeps
systems ....................................... 2-32
Child Safety Locks for Rear Doors ... 3-11
Climate Control System ...................... 6-2
Gas specifications ...................... 10-5
Cruise Control ................................... 5-16
Cup Holder ........................................ 6-39
Customer Assistance ........................... 9-2
Ignition key reminder ................. 5-50
11-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
D
Dashboard Illumination .................... 5-32
Daytime Running Lights ................... 5-53
Defroster
Engine Compartment Overview ........ 8-11
Engine Coolant
Overheating ................................ 7-15
Exhaust Gas ........................................ 4-4
Exterior Care ..................................... 8-47
Mirror ......................................... 5-59
Rear window .............................. 5-59
Dimensions ....................................... 10-5
Driving In Flooded Area ................... 4-10
Driving on Uneven Road .................. 4-11
Driving Tips ........................................ 4-6
Automatic transaxle ................... 5-14
Break-in period ............................ 4-6
Driving in flooded area .............. 4-10
Driving on uneven road .............. 4-11
Hazardous driving ........................ 4-7
Money-saving suggestions ........... 4-6
Rocking the vehicle ...................... 4-8
Winter driving .............................. 4-8
Dynamic Stability Control (DSC) ..... 5-21
DSC OFF indicator light ............ 5-22
DSC OFF switch ........................ 5-22
Hazard warning .......................... 5-60
Headlights .................................. 5-51
Flat Tire ............................................... 7-3
Changing ...................................... 7-6
Spare tire and tool storage ............ 7-3
Fluids
Owner maintenance ..................... 8-8
Fog Lights ......................................... 5-54
Foot Brake .......................................... 5-5
Front Seats .......................................... 2-2
Fuel
Filler lid and cap ........................ 3-18
Gauge ......................................... 5-31
Requirements ............................... 4-2
Tank capacity ............................. 10-5
Fuses ................................................. 8-39
Panel description ........................ 8-42
E
Emergency Starting ........................... 7-17
Flooded engine ........................... 7-17
Jump-starting .............................. 7-18
Push-starting .............................. 7-21
Emergency Towing ........................... 7-22
Emission Control System .................... 4-3
Engine
Gauges .............................................. 5-29
Glove Compartment .......................... 6-41
Coolant ....................................... 8-13
Exhaust gas .................................. 4-4
Hood release .............................. 3-20
Oil .............................................. 8-12
Overheating ................................ 7-15
Starting ......................................... 5-3
Hazard Warning Flasher .................... 5-60
Hazardous Driving .............................. 4-7
11-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
H
K
Keyless Entry System ......................... 3-3
Head Restraint .................................... 2-7
Headlights
Control ....................................... 5-51
Flashing ...................................... 5-53
High-low beam .......................... 5-53
On reminder ............................... 5-52
Hood Release .................................... 3-20
Horn .................................................. 5-60
Label Information ............................. 10-2
Lane-Change Signals ........................ 5-54
Liftgate .............................................. 3-11
Luggage compartment ............... 3-14
Light Bulbs
Replacement ............................... 8-32
Specifications ............................. 10-6
Lighting Control ............................... 5-51
Lubricant Quality .............................. 10-4
Luggage Compartment Light ............ 6-39
I
Ignition
Keys ............................................. 3-2
Switch .......................................... 5-2
Illuminated Entry System ................. 6-38
Immobilizer System .......................... 3-21
Indicator Lights ................................. 5-36
Cruise ......................................... 5-48
DSC OFF .................................... 5-47
Headlight high-beam .................. 5-46
Low engine coolant
temperature ................................ 5-47
O/D OFF .................................... 5-46
Power steering malfunction ........ 5-48
Security ...................................... 5-46
Shift position .............................. 5-47
TCS/DSC ................................... 5-47
Turn signal/hazard warning ........ 5-48
Instrument Cluster ............................. 5-29
Interior Care ...................................... 8-51
Maintenance
Introduction .................................. 8-2
Owner maintenance precautions... 8-9
Owner maintenance schedule ....... 8-8
Scheduled ..................................... 8-3
Manual Transaxle Operation ............. 5-10
Recommendations for shifting.... 5-11
Meters and Gauges ........................... 5-29
Mirror Defroster ................................ 5-59
Outside mirrors .......................... 3-24
Rearview mirror ......................... 3-25
Money-Saving Suggestions ................ 4-6
O
J
Odometer and Trip Meter .................. 5-30
Outside Mirrors ................................. 3-24
Overhead Light ................................. 6-38
Overheating....................................... 7-15
Jump-Starting .................................... 7-18
11-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
O
S
Overloading ...................................... 4-10
Seat Belt System
3-point type ................................ 2-13
Automatic locking ...................... 2-12
Belt minder ................................. 2-19
Emergency locking .................... 2-11
Extender ..................................... 2-17
Pregnant women ......................... 2-11
Pretensioner and load limiting.... 2-15
Seat belt precautions .................... 2-9
Warning light/beep ..................... 2-19
P
Paint Damage .................................... 8-45
Parking Brake ..................................... 5-6
Parking in an Emergency .................... 7-2
Personalization Features ................... 10-8
Power Door Locks .............................. 3-9
Power Steering .................................. 5-15
Power steering malfunction indicator
Seats
light ............................................ 5-15
Power Windows ................................ 3-15
Push-Starting ..................................... 7-21
Front seat ...................................... 2-2
Head restraint ............................... 2-7
Rear seat ....................................... 2-4
Security System
R
Immobilizer system .................... 3-21
Service Publications .......................... 9-42
Spare Tire and Tool Storage ................ 7-3
Specifications .................................... 10-4
Speedometer ...................................... 5-30
SRS Air Bags
Rear Door Child Safety Locks .......... 3-11
Rear Seat ............................................. 2-4
Rear Window Defroster .................... 5-59
Rear Window Washer ....................... 5-58
Rear Window Wiper.......................... 5-58
Rearview Mirror ................................ 3-25
Recreational Towing ......................... 7-24
Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign
Country ............................................. 9-16
Rocking the Vehicle ............................ 4-8
Driver and front passenger occupant
classification system .................. 2-50
How the SRS air bags work ....... 2-42
Limitations to SRS air bag ......... 2-48
SRS air bag deployment
criteria ........................................ 2-47
Supplemental restraint system
(SRS) precautions ...................... 2-36
Supplemental restraint system
S
Safety Defects, Reporting ................. 9-40
components ................................ 2-41
Starting the Engine.............................. 5-3
Steering Wheel .................................. 3-24
Horn ........................................... 5-60
Storage Compartments ...................... 6-41
Center Console Tray ................... 6-41
Glove Compartment ................... 6-41
11-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
S
V
Vanity Mirrors ................................... 6-38
Sunvisors .......................................... 6-38
T
Tachometer ........................................ 5-31
Temporary Spare Tire ....................... 8-29
Tiedown
Warning Lights ................................. 5-36
ABS ............................................ 5-38
Air bag system ........................... 5-41
Brake system .............................. 5-38
Charging system ......................... 5-39
Check engine.............................. 5-40
Check fuel cap ........................... 5-42
Door-ajar .................................... 5-43
Engine oil pressure ..................... 5-40
Front seat belt pretensioner
Hook .......................................... 7-23
Tire Information ................................ 9-21
Tire Pressure Monitoring System ...... 5-23
System error activation .............. 5-27
Tire pressure monitoring system
warning light .............................. 5-25
Tires and wheels ......................... 5-27
Tires
system ........................................ 5-41
High engine coolant
Low washer fluid level ............... 5-43
Seat belt ...................................... 5-42
Tire pressure monitoring
Inflation pressure ........................ 8-26
Replacement ............................... 8-28
Rotation ...................................... 8-27
Snow tires .................................... 4-9
Spare tire and tool storage ............ 7-3
Specifications ............................. 10-6
Tire chains .................................... 4-9
Uniform tire quality grading system
(UTQGS) ................................... 9-19
Tool ..................................................... 7-3
Towing
system ........................................ 5-44
Warranty ............................................ 9-12
Washer Fluid ..................................... 8-18
Weights ............................................. 10-5
Wheel Replacement .......................... 8-30
Power windows .......................... 3-15
Windshield Washer ........................... 5-58
Windshield Wipers ............................ 5-55
Blades replacement .................... 8-19
Winter Driving .................................... 4-8
Description ................................. 7-22
Emergency towing ..................... 7-22
Hook .......................................... 7-23
Recreational towing ................... 7-24
Trailer towing ............................. 4-12
Traction Control System (TCS) ........ 5-20
TCS/DSC indicator light ............ 5-20
Trailer Towing .................................. 4-12
Trip Computer ................................... 5-32
Trip Meter ......................................... 5-30
Turn and Lane-Change Signals ......... 5-54
11-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
|
